Surah 003 of 114

سورة آل عمران

Aal-i-Imraan

200 verses · tap any ayah to deep-dive

Ayat 1

الٓمٓ(1)

Alif, Lām, Meem.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 1]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 1

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Alif, Lām, Meem.1

Transliteration

Ayah 1

Aliflammeem

Word-by-word

Ayah 1

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الٓمٓ Aliflammeem Alif Laam Meem

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 2

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْحَىُّ ٱلْقَيُّومُ.(2)

Allāh - there is no deity except Him, the Ever-Living, the Self-Sustaining.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 2]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 2

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh - there is no deity except Him, the Ever-Living, the Self-Sustaining.1

Transliteration

Ayah 2

Allahu la ilaha illa huwa alhayyu alqayyoomu

Word-by-word

Ayah 2

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
2 لَآ la (there is) no
3 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 هُوَ huwa Him
6 الْحَىُّ alhayyu the Ever-Living ح ي ي
7 الْقَيُّومُ alqayyoomu the Sustainer of all that exists ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 3

نَزَّلَ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ مُصَدِّقًۭا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَأَنزَلَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ.(3)

He has sent down upon you, [O Muḥammad], the Book in truth, confirming what was before it. And He revealed the Torah and the Gospel [Aal-i-Imraan: 3]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 3

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He has sent down upon you, [O Muḥammad], the Book in truth, confirming what was before it. And He revealed the Torah and the Gospel

Transliteration

Ayah 3

Nazzala AAalayka alkitaba bialhaqqi musaddiqan lima bayna yadayhi waanzala alttawrata waalinjeela

Word-by-word

Ayah 3

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 نَزَّلَ Nazzala He revealed ن ز ل
2 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
3 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
4 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in [the] truth
5 مُصَدِّقاً musaddiqan confirming ص د ق
6 لِّمَا lima that which
7 بَيْنَ bayna between (were before it) ب ي ن
8 يَدَيْهِ yadayhi his hands (were before it) ي د ي
9 وَأَنزَلَ waanzala and He revealed ن ز ل
10 التَّوْرَاةَ alttawrata the Taurat
11 وَالْإِنجِيلَ waalinjeela and the Injeel

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 4

مِن قَبْلُ هُدًۭى لِّلنَّاسِ وَأَنزَلَ ٱلْفُرْقَانَ ۗ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌۭ شَدِيدٌۭ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌۭ ذُو ٱنتِقَامٍ.(4)

Before, as guidance for the people. And He revealed the Criterion [i.e., the Qur’ān]. Indeed, those who disbelieve in the verses of Allāh will have a severe punishment, and Allāh is Exalted in Might, the Owner of Retribution.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 4]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 4

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Before, as guidance for the people. And He revealed the Criterion [i.e., the Qur’ān]. Indeed, those who disbelieve in the verses of Allāh will have a severe punishment, and Allāh is Exalted in Might, the Owner of Retribution.1

Transliteration

Ayah 4

Min qablu hudan lilnnasi waanzala alfurqana inna allatheena kafaroo biayati Allahi lahum AAathabun shadeedun waAllahu AAazeezun thoo intiqamin

Word-by-word

Ayah 4

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مِن Min From
2 قَبْلُ qablu before (this) ق ب ل
3 هُدًى hudan (as) guidance ه د ي
4 لِّلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for the mankind ن و س
5 وَأَنزَلَ waanzala And (He) revealed ن ز ل
6 الْفُرْقَانَ alfurqana the Criterion ف ر ق
7 إِنَّ inna Verily
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
9 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
10 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Verses أ ي ي
11 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
12 لَهُمْ lahum for them
13 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
14 شَدِيدٌ shadeedun severe ش د د
15 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
16 عَزِيزٌ AAazeezun (is) All-Mighty ع ز ز
17 ذُو thoo All-Able
18 انتِقَامٍ intiqamin (of) retribution ن ق م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 5

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَخْفَىٰ عَلَيْهِ شَىْءٌۭ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ.(5)

Indeed, from Allāh nothing is hidden in the earth nor in the heaven. [Aal-i-Imraan: 5]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 5

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, from Allāh nothing is hidden in the earth nor in the heaven.

Transliteration

Ayah 5

Inna Allaha la yakhfa AAalayhi shayon fee alardi wala fee alssamai

Word-by-word

Ayah 5

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 لَا la not
4 يَخْفَىٰ yakhfa is hidden خ ف ي
5 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi from Him
6 شَىْءٌ shayon anything ش ي أ
7 فِى fee in
8 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
9 وَلَا wala and not
10 فِى fee in
11 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the heaven س م و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 6

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُصَوِّرُكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْحَامِ كَيْفَ يَشَآءُ ۚ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ.(6)

It is He who forms you in the wombs however He wills. There is no deity except Him, the Exalted in Might, the Wise. [Aal-i-Imraan: 6]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 6

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is He who forms you in the wombs however He wills. There is no deity except Him, the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 6

Huwa allathee yusawwirukum fee alarhami kayfa yashao la ilaha illa huwa alAAazeezu alhakeemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 6

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُوَ Huwa He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 يُصَوِّرُكُمْ yusawwirukum shapes you ص و ر
4 فِى fee in
5 الْأَرْحَامِ alarhami the wombs ر ح م
6 كَيْفَ kayfa how(ever)? ك ي ف
7 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
8 لَآ la (There is) no
9 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
10 إِلَّا illa except
11 هُوَ huwa Him
12 الْعَزِيزُ alAAazeezu the All-Mighty ع ز ز
13 الْحَكِيمُ alhakeemu the All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 7

هُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِنْهُ ءَايَٰتٌۭ مُّحْكَمَٰتٌ هُنَّ أُمُّ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَأُخَرُ مُتَشَٰبِهَٰتٌۭ ۖ فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ زَيْغٌۭ فَيَتَّبِعُونَ مَا تَشَٰبَهَ مِنْهُ ٱبْتِغَآءَ ٱلْفِتْنَةِ وَٱبْتِغَآءَ تَأْوِيلِهِۦ ۗ وَمَا يَعْلَمُ تَأْوِيلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ ۗ وَٱلرَّٰسِخُونَ فِى ٱلْعِلْمِ يَقُولُونَ ءَامَنَّا بِهِۦ كُلٌّ مِّنْ عِندِ رَبِّنَا ۗ وَمَا يَذَّكَّرُ إِلَّآ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ.(7)

It is He who has sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], the Book; in it are verses [that are] precise - they are the foundation of the Book - and others unspecific.1 As for those in whose hearts is deviation [from truth], they will follow that of it which is unspecific, seeking discord and seeking an interpretation [suitable to them]. And no one knows its [true] interpretation except Allāh. But those firm in knowledge say, "We believe in it. All [of it] is from our Lord." And no one will be reminded except those of understanding. [Aal-i-Imraan: 7]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 7

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is He who has sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], the Book; in it are verses [that are] precise - they are the foundation of the Book - and others unspecific.1 As for those in whose hearts is deviation [from truth], they will follow that of it which is unspecific, seeking discord and seeking an interpretation [suitable to them]. And no one knows its [true] interpretation except Allāh. But those firm in knowledge say, "We believe in it. All [of it] is from our Lord." And no one will be reminded except those of understanding.

Transliteration

Ayah 7

Huwa allathee anzala AAalayka alkitaba minhu ayatun muhkamatun hunna ommu alkitabi waokharu mutashabihatun faamma allatheena fee quloobihim zayghun fayattabiAAoona ma tashabaha minhu ibtighaa alfitnati waibtighaa taweelihi wama yaAAlamu taweelahu illa Allahu waalrrasikhoona fee alAAilmi yaqooloona amanna bihi kullun min AAindi rabbina wama yaththakkaru illa oloo alalbabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 7

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُوَ Huwa He
2 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One Who
3 أَنزَلَ anzala revealed ن ز ل
4 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
5 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
6 مِنْهُ minhu of it
7 اٰيَاتٌ ayatun (are) Verses أ ي ي
8 مُّحْكَمَاتٌ muhkamatun absolutely clear ح ك م
9 هُنَّ hunna they (are)
10 أُمُّ ommu the foundation أ م م
11 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
12 وَأُخَرُ waokharu and others أ خ ر
13 مُتَشَابِهَاتٌ mutashabihatun (are) allegorical ش ب ه
14 فَأَمَّا faamma Then as for
15 الَّذِينَ allatheena those
16 فِى fee in
17 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
18 زَيْغٌ zayghun (is) perversity ز ي غ
19 فَيَتَّبِعُونَ fayattabiAAoona [so] they follow ت ب ع
20 مَا ma what
21 تَشَابَهَ tashabaha (is) allegorical ش ب ه
22 مِنْهُ minhu of it
23 ابْتِغَآءَ ibtighaa seeking ب غ ي
24 الْفِتْنَةِ alfitnati [the] discord ف ت ن
25 وَابْتِغَآءَ waibtighaa and seeking ب غ ي
26 تَأْوِيلِهِ taweelihi its interpretation أ و ل
27 وَمَا wama And not
28 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
29 تَأْوِيلَهُ taweelahu its interpretation أ و ل
30 إِلَّا illa except
31 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
32 وَالرَّاسِخُونَ waalrrasikhoona And those firm ر س خ
33 فِى fee in
34 الْعِلْمِ alAAilmi [the] knowledge ع ل م
35 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona they say ق و ل
36 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believe أ م ن
37 بِهِۦ bihi in it
38 كُلٌّ kullun All ك ل ل
39 مِّنْ min (is)
40 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
41 رَبِّنَا rabbina our Lord ر ب ب
42 وَمَا wama And not
43 يَذَّكَّرُ yaththakkaru will take heed ذ ك ر
44 إِلَّآ illa except
45 أُوْلُواْ oloo men أ و ل
46 الْألْبَابِ alalbabi (of) understanding ل ب ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 8

رَبَّنَا لَا تُزِغْ قُلُوبَنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَيْتَنَا وَهَبْ لَنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ رَحْمَةً ۚ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْوَهَّابُ.(8)

[Who say], "Our Lord, let not our hearts deviate after You have guided us and grant us from Yourself mercy. Indeed, You are the Bestower.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 8]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 8

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Who say], "Our Lord, let not our hearts deviate after You have guided us and grant us from Yourself mercy. Indeed, You are the Bestower.1

Transliteration

Ayah 8

Rabbana la tuzigh quloobana baAAda ith hadaytana wahab lana min ladunka rahmatan innaka anta alwahhabu

Word-by-word

Ayah 8

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَبَّنَا Rabbana Our Lord! ر ب ب
2 لَا la (Do) not
3 تُزِغْ tuzigh deviate ز ي غ
4 قُلُوبَنَا quloobana our hearts ق ل ب
5 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
6 إِذْ ith [when]
7 هَدَيْتَنَا hadaytana You (have) guided us ه د ي
8 وَهَبْ wahab and grant و ه ب
9 لَنَا lana (for) us
10 مِن min from
11 لَّدُنكَ ladunka Yourself ل د ن
12 رَحْمَةً rahmatan mercy ر ح م
13 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You
14 أَنتَ anta You
15 الْوَهَّابُ alwahhabu (are) the Bestower و ه ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 9

رَبَّنَآ إِنَّكَ جَامِعُ ٱلنَّاسِ لِيَوْمٍۢ لَّا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُخْلِفُ ٱلْمِيعَادَ.(9)

Our Lord, surely You will gather the people for a Day about which there is no doubt. Indeed, Allāh does not fail in His promise." [Aal-i-Imraan: 9]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 9

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Our Lord, surely You will gather the people for a Day about which there is no doubt. Indeed, Allāh does not fail in His promise."

Transliteration

Ayah 9

Rabbana innaka jamiAAu alnnasi liyawmin la rayba feehi inna Allaha la yukhlifu almeeAAada

Word-by-word

Ayah 9

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَبَّنَآ Rabbana Our Lord! ر ب ب
2 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You
3 جَامِعُ jamiAAu will gather ج م ع
4 النَّاسِ alnnasi [the] mankind ن و س
5 لِيَوْمٍ liyawmin on a Day ي و م
6 لَّا la (there is) no
7 رَيْبَ rayba doubt ر ي ب
8 فِيهِ feehi in it
9 إِنَّ inna Indeed
10 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
11 لَا la (does) not
12 يُخْلِفُ yukhlifu break خ ل ف
13 الْمِيعَادَ almeeAAada the Promise و ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 10

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَن تُغْنِىَ عَنْهُمْ أَمْوَٰلُهُمْ وَلَآ أَوْلَٰدُهُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًۭٔا ۖ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمْ وَقُودُ ٱلنَّارِ.(10)

Indeed, those who disbelieve - never will their wealth or their children avail them against Allāh at all. And it is they who are fuel for the Fire. [Aal-i-Imraan: 10]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 10

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve - never will their wealth or their children avail them against Allāh at all. And it is they who are fuel for the Fire.

Transliteration

Ayah 10

Inna allatheena kafaroo lan tughniya AAanhum amwaluhum wala awladuhum mina Allahi shayan waolaika hum waqoodu alnnari

Word-by-word

Ayah 10

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
4 لَن lan never
5 تُغْنِىَ tughniya will avail غ ن ي
6 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum [for] them
7 أَمْوَالُهُمْ amwaluhum their wealth م و ل
8 وَلَآ wala and not
9 أَوْلَادُهُم awladuhum their children و ل د
10 مِّنَ mina against
11 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
12 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
13 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika and those
14 هُمْ hum they (are)
15 وَقُودُ waqoodu (the) fuel و ق د
16 النَّارِ alnnari (for) the Fire ن و ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 11

كَدَأْبِ ءَالِ فِرْعَوْنَ وَٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ ۚ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَأَخَذَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِذُنُوبِهِمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ.(11)

[Theirs is] like the custom of the people of Pharaoh and those before them. They denied Our signs, so Allāh seized them for their sins. And Allāh is severe in penalty. [Aal-i-Imraan: 11]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 11

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Theirs is] like the custom of the people of Pharaoh and those before them. They denied Our signs, so Allāh seized them for their sins. And Allāh is severe in penalty.

Transliteration

Ayah 11

Kadabi ali firAAawna waallatheena min qablihim kaththaboo biayatina faakhathahumu Allahu bithunoobihim waAllahu shadeedu alAAiqabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 11

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كَدَأْبِ Kadabi Like behavior د أ ب
2 اٰلِ ali (of the) people أ و ل
3 فِرْعَوْنَ firAAawna (of) Firaun
4 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who
5 مِن min (were) from
6 قَبْلِهِمْ qablihim before them ق ب ل
7 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo They denied ك ذ ب
8 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
9 فَأَخَذَهُمُ faakhathahumu so seized them أ خ ذ
10 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
11 بِذُنُوبِهِمْ bithunoobihim for their sins ذ ن ب
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 شَدِيدُ shadeedu (is) severe ش د د
14 الْعِقَابِ alAAiqabi (in) [the] punishment ع ق ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 12

قُل لِّلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ سَتُغْلَبُونَ وَتُحْشَرُونَ إِلَىٰ جَهَنَّمَ ۚ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمِهَادُ.(12)

Say to those who disbelieve, "You will be overcome and gathered together to Hell, and wretched is the resting place." [Aal-i-Imraan: 12]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 12

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say to those who disbelieve, "You will be overcome and gathered together to Hell, and wretched is the resting place."

Transliteration

Ayah 12

Qul lillatheena kafaroo satughlaboona watuhsharoona ila jahannama wabisa almihadu

Word-by-word

Ayah 12

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
4 سَتُغْلَبُونَ satughlaboona You will be overcome غ ل ب
5 وَتُحْشَرُونَ watuhsharoona and you will be gathered ح ش ر
6 إِلَىٰ ila to
7 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama Hell
8 وَبِئْسَ wabisa [and] an evil ب أ س
9 الْمِهَادُ almihadu [the] resting place م ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 13

قَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ ءَايَةٌۭ فِى فِئَتَيْنِ ٱلْتَقَتَا ۖ فِئَةٌۭ تُقَٰتِلُ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَأُخْرَىٰ كَافِرَةٌۭ يَرَوْنَهُم مِّثْلَيْهِمْ رَأْىَ ٱلْعَيْنِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يُؤَيِّدُ بِنَصْرِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ ۗ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَعِبْرَةًۭ لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَبْصَٰرِ.(13)

Already there has been for you a sign in the two armies which met [in combat at Badr] - one fighting in the cause of Allāh and another of disbelievers. They saw them [to be] twice their [own] number by [their] eyesight.1 But Allāh supports with His victory whom He wills. Indeed in that is a lesson for those of vision. [Aal-i-Imraan: 13]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 13

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Already there has been for you a sign in the two armies which met [in combat at Badr] - one fighting in the cause of Allāh and another of disbelievers. They saw them [to be] twice their [own] number by [their] eyesight.1 But Allāh supports with His victory whom He wills. Indeed in that is a lesson for those of vision.

Transliteration

Ayah 13

Qad kana lakum ayatun fee fiatayni iltaqata fiatun tuqatilu fee sabeeli Allahi waokhra kafiratun yarawnahum mithlayhim raya alAAayni waAllahu yuayyidu binasrihi man yashao inna fee thalika laAAibratan liolee alabsari

Word-by-word

Ayah 13

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Surely
2 كَانَ kana it was ك و ن
3 لَكُمْ lakum for you
4 اٰيَةٌ ayatun a sign أ ي ي
5 فِى fee in
6 فِئَتَيْنِ fiatayni (the) two hosts ف أ ي
7 الْتَقَتَا iltaqata which met ل ق ي
8 فِئَةٌ fiatun one group ف أ ي
9 تُقَاتِلُ tuqatilu fighting ق ت ل
10 فِى fee in
11 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
12 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
13 وَأُخْرَىٰ waokhra and another أ خ ر
14 كَافِرَةٌ kafiratun disbelievers ك ف ر
15 يَرَوْنَهُم yarawnahum They were seeing them ر أ ي
16 مِّثْلَيْهِمْ mithlayhim twice of them م ث ل
17 رَأْىَ raya with the sight ر أ ي
18 الْعَيْنِ alAAayni (of) their eyes ع ي ن
19 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
20 يُؤَيِّدُ yuayyidu supports أ ي د
21 بِنَصْرِهِۦ binasrihi with His help ن ص ر
22 مَن man whom
23 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
24 إِنَّ inna Indeed
25 فِى fee in
26 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
27 لَعِبْرَةً laAAibratan surely (is) a lesson ع ب ر
28 لِّأُوْلِى liolee for the owners أ و ل
29 الْأَبْصَارِ alabsari (of) vision ب ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 14

زُيِّنَ لِلنَّاسِ حُبُّ ٱلشَّهَوَٰتِ مِنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ وَٱلْبَنِينَ وَٱلْقَنَٰطِيرِ ٱلْمُقَنطَرَةِ مِنَ ٱلذَّهَبِ وَٱلْفِضَّةِ وَٱلْخَيْلِ ٱلْمُسَوَّمَةِ وَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ وَٱلْحَرْثِ ۗ ذَٰلِكَ مَتَٰعُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۖ وَٱللَّهُ عِندَهُۥ حُسْنُ ٱلْمَـَٔابِ.(14)

Beautified for people is the love of that which they desire - of women and sons, heaped-up sums of gold and silver, fine branded horses, and cattle and tilled land. That is the enjoyment of worldly life, but Allāh has with Him the best return [i.e., Paradise]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 14]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 14

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Beautified for people is the love of that which they desire - of women and sons, heaped-up sums of gold and silver, fine branded horses, and cattle and tilled land. That is the enjoyment of worldly life, but Allāh has with Him the best return [i.e., Paradise].

Transliteration

Ayah 14

Zuyyina lilnnasi hubbu alshshahawati mina alnnisai waalbaneena waalqanateeri almuqantarati mina alththahabi waalfiddati waalkhayli almusawwamati waalanAAami waalharthi thalika mataAAu alhayati alddunya waAllahu AAindahu husnu almaabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 14

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 زُيِّنَ Zuyyina Beautified ز ي ن
2 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for mankind ن و س
3 حُبُّ hubbu (is) love ح ب ب
4 الشَّهَوَاتِ alshshahawati (of) the (things they) desire ش ه و
5 مِنَ mina of
6 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai [the] women ن س و
7 وَالْبَنِينَ waalbaneena and [the] sons ب ن ي
8 وَالْقَنَاطِيرِ waalqanateeri and [the] heaps ق ن ط ر
9 الْمُقَنطَرَةِ almuqantarati [the] stored up ق ن ط ر
10 مِنَ mina of
11 الذَّهَبِ alththahabi [the] gold ذ ه ب
12 وَالْفِضَّةِ waalfiddati and [the] silver ف ض ض
13 وَالْخَيْلِ waalkhayli and [the] horses خ ي ل
14 الْمُسَوَّمَةِ almusawwamati [the] branded س و م
15 وَالْأَنْعَامِ waalanAAami and [the] cattle ن ع م
16 وَالْحَرْثِ waalharthi and [the] tilled land ح ر ث
17 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
18 مَتَاعُ mataAAu (is) provision م ت ع
19 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati (of) life ح ي ي
20 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
21 وَاللهُ waAllahu but Allah أ ل ه
22 عِندَهُۥ AAindahu with Him ع ن د
23 حُسْنُ husnu (is an) excellent ح س ن
24 الْمَآبِ almaabi [the] abode to return أ و ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 15

قُلْ أَؤُنَبِّئُكُم بِخَيْرٍۢ مِّن ذَٰلِكُمْ ۚ لِلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ جَنَّٰتٌۭ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَأَزْوَٰجٌۭ مُّطَهَّرَةٌۭ وَرِضْوَٰنٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ.(15)

Say, "Shall I inform you of [something] better than that? For those who fear Allāh will be gardens in the presence of their Lord beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally, and purified spouses and approval from Allāh. And Allāh is Seeing [i.e., aware] of [His] servants - [Aal-i-Imraan: 15]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 15

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Shall I inform you of [something] better than that? For those who fear Allāh will be gardens in the presence of their Lord beneath which rivers flow, wherein they abide eternally, and purified spouses and approval from Allāh. And Allāh is Seeing [i.e., aware] of [His] servants -

Transliteration

Ayah 15

Qul aonabbiokum bikhayrin min thalikum lillatheena ittaqaw AAinda rabbihim jannatun tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha waazwajun mutahharatun waridwanun mina Allahi waAllahu baseerun bialAAibadi

Word-by-word

Ayah 15

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَؤُنَبِّئُكُم aonabbiokum Shall I inform you? ن ب أ
3 بِخَيْرٍ bikhayrin of better خ ي ر
4 مِّن min than
5 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum that
6 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena For those who
7 اتَّقَوْاْ ittaqaw fear[ed] و ق ي
8 عِندَ AAinda with ع ن د
9 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
10 جَنَّاتٌ jannatun (are) Gardens ج ن ن
11 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
12 مِن min from
13 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath them ت ح ت
14 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu [the] rivers ن ه ر
15 خَالِدِينَ khalideena abiding forever خ ل د
16 فِيهَا feeha in it
17 وَأَزْوَاجٌ waazwajun and spouses ز و ج
18 مُّطَهَّرَةٌ mutahharatun pure ط ه ر
19 وَرِضْوَانٌ waridwanun and approval ر ض و
20 مِّنَ mina from
21 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
22 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
23 بَصِيرٌ baseerun (is) All-Seer ب ص ر
24 بِالْعِبَادِ bialAAibadi of (His) slaves ع ب د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 16

ٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ إِنَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا ذُنُوبَنَا وَقِنَا عَذَابَ ٱلنَّارِ.(16)

Those who say, "Our Lord, indeed we have believed, so forgive us our sins and protect us from the punishment of the Fire," [Aal-i-Imraan: 16]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 16

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who say, "Our Lord, indeed we have believed, so forgive us our sins and protect us from the punishment of the Fire,"

Transliteration

Ayah 16

Allatheena yaqooloona rabbana innana amanna faighfir lana thunoobana waqina AAathaba alnnari

Word-by-word

Ayah 16

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona say ق و ل
3 رَبَّنَآ rabbana Our Lord! ر ب ب
4 إِنَّنَآ innana Indeed we
5 اٰمَنَّا amanna (have) believed أ م ن
6 فَاغْفِرْ faighfir so forgive غ ف ر
7 لَنَا lana for us
8 ذُنُوبَنَا thunoobana our sins ذ ن ب
9 وَقِنَا waqina and save us و ق ي
10 عَذَابَ AAathaba (from) punishment ع ذ ب
11 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 17

ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ وَٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ وَٱلْقَٰنِتِينَ وَٱلْمُنفِقِينَ وَٱلْمُسْتَغْفِرِينَ بِٱلْأَسْحَارِ.(17)

The patient, the true, the obedient, those who spend [in the way of Allāh], and those who seek forgiveness before dawn. [Aal-i-Imraan: 17]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 17

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The patient, the true, the obedient, those who spend [in the way of Allāh], and those who seek forgiveness before dawn.

Transliteration

Ayah 17

Alssabireena waalssadiqeena waalqaniteena waalmunfiqeena waalmustaghfireena bialashari

Word-by-word

Ayah 17

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الصَّابِرِينَ Alssabireena The patient ص ب ر
2 وَالصَّادِقِينَ waalssadiqeena and the truthful ص د ق
3 وَالْقَانِتِينَ waalqaniteena and the obedient ق ن ت
4 وَالْمُنفِقِينَ waalmunfiqeena and those who spend ن ف ق
5 وَالْمُسْتَغْفِرِينَ waalmustaghfireena and those who seek forgiveness غ ف ر
6 بِالْأَسْحَارِ bialashari [in the] before dawn س ح ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 18

شَهِدَ ٱللَّهُ أَنَّهُۥ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ وَأُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْعِلْمِ قَآئِمًۢا بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۚ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ.(18)

Allāh witnesses that there is no deity except Him, and [so do] the angels and those of knowledge - [that He is] maintaining [creation] in justice. There is no deity except Him, the Exalted in Might, the Wise. [Aal-i-Imraan: 18]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 18

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh witnesses that there is no deity except Him, and [so do] the angels and those of knowledge - [that He is] maintaining [creation] in justice. There is no deity except Him, the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 18

Shahida Allahu annahu la ilaha illa huwa waalmalaikatu waoloo alAAilmi qaiman bialqisti la ilaha illa huwa alAAazeezu alhakeemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 18

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 شَهِدَ Shahida Bears witness ش ه د
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that [He]
4 لَآ la (there is) no
5 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
6 إِلَّا illa except
7 هُوَ huwa Him
8 وَالْمَلَآئِكَةُ waalmalaikatu and (so do) the Angels م ل ك
9 وَأُوْلُواْ waoloo and owners أ و ل
10 الْعِلْمِ alAAilmi (of) [the] knowledge ع ل م
11 قَآئِمَاً qaiman standing ق و م
12 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti in justice ق س ط
13 لَآ la (There is) no
14 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
15 إِلَّا illa except
16 هُوَ huwa Him
17 الْعَزِيزُ alAAazeezu the All-Mighty ع ز ز
18 الْحَكِيمُ alhakeemu the All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 19

إِنَّ ٱلدِّينَ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْإِسْلَٰمُ ۗ وَمَا ٱخْتَلَفَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ إِلَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْعِلْمُ بَغْيًۢا بَيْنَهُمْ ۗ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ.(19)

Indeed, the religion in the sight of Allāh is Islām. And those who were given the Scripture did not differ except after knowledge had come to them - out of jealous animosity between themselves. And whoever disbelieves in the verses of Allāh, then indeed, Allāh is swift in [taking] account. [Aal-i-Imraan: 19]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 19

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the religion in the sight of Allāh is Islām. And those who were given the Scripture did not differ except after knowledge had come to them - out of jealous animosity between themselves. And whoever disbelieves in the verses of Allāh, then indeed, Allāh is swift in [taking] account.

Transliteration

Ayah 19

Inna alddeena AAinda Allahi alislamu wama ikhtalafa allatheena ootoo alkitaba illa min baAAdi ma jaahumu alAAilmu baghyan baynahum waman yakfur biayati Allahi fainna Allaha sareeAAu alhisabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 19

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الدِّينَ alddeena the religion د ي ن
3 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 الْإِسْلَامَ alislamu (is) Islam س ل م
6 وَمَا wama And not
7 اخْتَلَفَ ikhtalafa differed خ ل ف
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
9 أُوْتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
10 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
11 إِلَّا illa except
12 مِن min from
13 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
14 مَا ma [what]
15 جَآءَهُمُ jaahumu came to them ج ي أ
16 الْعِلْمُ alAAilmu [the] knowledge ع ل م
17 بَغْيًا baghyan out of envy ب غ ي
18 بَيْنَهُمْ baynahum among them ب ي ن
19 وَمَن waman And whoever
20 يَكْفُرْ yakfur disbelieves ك ف ر
21 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Verses أ ي ي
22 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
23 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
24 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
25 سَرِيعُ sareeAAu (is) swift س ر ع
26 الْحِسَابِ alhisabi (in taking) account ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 20

فَإِنْ حَآجُّوكَ فَقُلْ أَسْلَمْتُ وَجْهِىَ لِلَّهِ وَمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَنِ ۗ وَقُل لِّلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْأُمِّيِّيْنَ ءَأَسْلَمْتُمْ ۚ فَإِنْ أَسْلَمُوا۟ فَقَدِ ٱهْتَدَوا۟ ۖ وَّإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّمَا عَلَيْكَ ٱلْبَلَٰغُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ.(20)

So if they argue with you, say, "I have submitted myself to Allāh [in Islām], and [so have] those who follow me." And say to those who were given the Scripture and [to] the unlearned,1 "Have you submitted yourselves?" And if they submit [in Islām], they are rightly guided; but if they turn away - then upon you is only the [duty of] notification. And Allāh is Seeing of [His] servants. [Aal-i-Imraan: 20]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 20

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So if they argue with you, say, "I have submitted myself to Allāh [in Islām], and [so have] those who follow me." And say to those who were given the Scripture and [to] the unlearned,1 "Have you submitted yourselves?" And if they submit [in Islām], they are rightly guided; but if they turn away - then upon you is only the [duty of] notification. And Allāh is Seeing of [His] servants.

Transliteration

Ayah 20

Fain hajjooka faqul aslamtu wajhiya lillahi wamani ittabaAAani waqul lillatheena ootoo alkitaba waalommiyyeena aaslamtum fain aslamoo faqadi ihtadaw wain tawallaw fainnama AAalayka albalaghu waAllahu baseerun bialAAibadi

Word-by-word

Ayah 20

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِنْ Fain Then if
2 حَآجُّوكَ hajjooka they argue with you ح ج ج
3 فَقُلْ faqul then say ق و ل
4 أَسْلَمْتُ aslamtu I have submitted س ل م
5 وَجْهِىَ wajhiya myself و ج ه
6 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
7 وَمَنِ wamani and (those) who
8 اتَّبَعَنِ ittabaAAani follow me ت ب ع
9 وَقُل waqul And say ق و ل
10 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who
11 أُوْتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
12 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
13 وَالْأُمِّيِّينَ waalommiyyeena and the unlettered people أ م م
14 ءَأَسْلَمْتُمْ aaslamtum Have you submitted yourselves س ل م
15 فَإِنْ fain Then if
16 أَسْلَمُواْ aslamoo they submit س ل م
17 فَقَدِ faqadi then surely
18 اهْتَدَواْ ihtadaw they are guided ه د ي
19 وَّإِن wain But if
20 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn back و ل ي
21 فَإِنَّمَا fainnama then only
22 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka on you
23 الْبَلَاغُ albalaghu (is) to [the] convey ب ل غ
24 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
25 بَصِيرٌ baseerun (is) All-Seer ب ص ر
26 بِالْعِبَادِ bialAAibadi of [His] slaves ع ب د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 21

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلنَّبِيِّيْنَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّۢ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ فَبَشِّرْهُم بِعَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ.(21)

Those who disbelieve in the signs of Allāh and kill the prophets without right and kill those who order justice from among the people - give them tidings of a painful punishment. [Aal-i-Imraan: 21]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 21

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who disbelieve in the signs of Allāh and kill the prophets without right and kill those who order justice from among the people - give them tidings of a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 21

Inna allatheena yakfuroona biayati Allahi wayaqtuloona alnnabiyyeena bighayri haqqin wayaqtuloona allatheena yamuroona bialqisti mina alnnasi fabashshirhum biAAathabin aleemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 21

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 يَكْفُرُونَ yakfuroona disbelieve ك ف ر
4 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Signs (of) أ ي ي
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 وَيَقْتُلُونَ wayaqtuloona and they kill ق ت ل
7 النَّبِيِّينَ alnnabiyyeena the Prophets ن ب أ
8 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
9 حَقٍّ haqqin right ح ق ق
10 وَيَقْتُلُونَ wayaqtuloona and they kill ق ت ل
11 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
12 يَأْمُرُونَ yamuroona order أ م ر
13 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti [with] justice ق س ط
14 مِنَ mina among
15 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
16 فَبَشِّرْهُم fabashshirhum then give them tidings ب ش ر
17 بِعَذَابٍ biAAathabin of a punishment ع ذ ب
18 أَلِيمٍ aleemin painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 22

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْآخِرَةِ وَمَا لَهُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ.(22)

They are the ones whose deeds have become worthless in this world and the Hereafter, and for them there will be no helpers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 22]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 22

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They are the ones whose deeds have become worthless in this world and the Hereafter, and for them there will be no helpers.

Transliteration

Ayah 22

Olaika allatheena habitat aAAmaluhum fee alddunya waalakhirati wama lahum min nasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 22

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) the ones who
3 حَبِطَتْ habitat became worthless ح ب ط
4 أَعْمَالُهُمْ aAAmaluhum their deeds ع م ل
5 فِى fee in
6 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
7 وَالْآخِرَةِ waalakhirati and (in) the Hereafter أ خ ر
8 وَمَا wama And not
9 لَهُم lahum (will be) for them
10 مِّن min any
11 نَّاصِرِينَ nasireena helpers ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 23

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ نَصِيبًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ يُدْعَوْنَ إِلَىٰ كِتَٰبِ ٱللَّهِ لِيَحْكُمَ بَيْنَهُمْ ثُمَّ يَتَوَلَّىٰ فَرِيقٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ وَهُم مُّعْرِضُونَ.(23)

Do you not consider, [O Muḥammad], those who were given a portion of the Scripture? They are invited to the Scripture of Allāh that it should arbitrate between them;1 then a party of them turns away, and they are refusing. [Aal-i-Imraan: 23]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 23

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do you not consider, [O Muḥammad], those who were given a portion of the Scripture? They are invited to the Scripture of Allāh that it should arbitrate between them;1 then a party of them turns away, and they are refusing.

Transliteration

Ayah 23

Alam tara ila allatheena ootoo naseeban mina alkitabi yudAAawna ila kitabi Allahi liyahkuma baynahum thumma yatawalla fareequn minhum wahum muAAridoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 23

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Have not?
2 تَرَ tara you seen ر أ ي
3 إِلَى ila [to]
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 أُوْتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
6 نَصِيبًا naseeban a portion ن ص ب
7 مِّنَ mina of
8 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Scripture ك ت ب
9 يُدْعَوْنَ yudAAawna They are invited د ع و
10 إِلَىٰ ila to
11 كِتَابِ kitabi (the) Book ك ت ب
12 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
13 لِيَحْكُمَ liyahkuma that (it should) arbitrate ح ك م
14 بَيْنَهُمْ baynahum between them ب ي ن
15 ثُمَّ thumma then
16 يَتَوَلَّىٰ yatawalla turns away و ل ي
17 فَرِيقٌ fareequn a party ف ر ق
18 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them
19 وَهُم wahum and they (are)
20 مُّعْرِضُونَ muAAridoona those who are averse ع ر ض

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 24

ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ لَن تَمَسَّنَا ٱلنَّارُ إِلَّآ أَيَّامًۭا مَّعْدُودَٰتٍۢ ۖ وَغَرَّهُمْ فِى دِينِهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ.(24)

That is because they say, "Never will the Fire touch us except for [a few] numbered days," and [because] they were deluded in their religion by what they were inventing. [Aal-i-Imraan: 24]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 24

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is because they say, "Never will the Fire touch us except for [a few] numbered days," and [because] they were deluded in their religion by what they were inventing.

Transliteration

Ayah 24

Thalika biannahum qaloo lan tamassana alnnaru illa ayyaman maAAdoodatin wagharrahum fee deenihim ma kanoo yaftaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 24

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That
2 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because they
3 قَالُواْ qaloo say ق و ل
4 لَن lan Never
5 تَمَسَّنَا tamassana will touch us م س س
6 النَّارُ alnnaru the Fire ن و ر
7 إِلَّآ illa except
8 أَيَّامًا ayyaman (for) days ي و م
9 مَّعْدُودَاتٍ maAAdoodatin numbered ع د د
10 وَغَرَّهُمْ wagharrahum And deceived them غ ر ر
11 فِى fee in
12 دِينِهِم deenihim their religion د ي ن
13 مَّا ma what
14 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
15 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona inventing ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 25

فَكَيْفَ إِذَا جَمَعْنَٰهُمْ لِيَوْمٍۢ لَّا رَيْبَ فِيهِ وَوُفِّيَتْ كُلُّ نَفْسٍۢ مَّا كَسَبَتْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ.(25)

So how will it be when We assemble them for a Day about which there is no doubt? And each soul will be compensated [in full for] what it earned, and they will not be wronged. [Aal-i-Imraan: 25]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 25

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So how will it be when We assemble them for a Day about which there is no doubt? And each soul will be compensated [in full for] what it earned, and they will not be wronged.

Transliteration

Ayah 25

Fakayfa itha jamaAAnahum liyawmin la rayba feehi wawuffiyat kullu nafsin ma kasabat wahum la yuthlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 25

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَكَيْفَ Fakayfa Then how (will it be)? ك ي ف
2 إِذَا itha when
3 جَمَعْنَاهُمْ jamaAAnahum We will gather them ج م ع
4 لِيَوْمٍ liyawmin on a Day ي و م
5 لَّا la no
6 رَيْبَ rayba doubt ر ي ب
7 فِيهِ feehi in it
8 وَوُفِّيَتْ wawuffiyat And will be paid in full و ف ي
9 كُلُّ kullu every ك ل ل
10 نَفْسٍ nafsin soul ن ف س
11 مَّا ma what
12 كَسَبَتْ kasabat it earned ك س ب
13 وَهُمْ wahum and they
14 لَا la (will) not
15 يُظْلَمُونَ yuthlamoona be wronged ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 26

قُلِ ٱللَّهُمَّ مَٰلِكَ ٱلْمُلْكِ تُؤْتِى ٱلْمُلْكَ مَن تَشَآءُ وَتَنزِعُ ٱلْمُلْكَ مِمَّن تَشَآءُ وَتُعِزُّ مَن تَشَآءُ وَتُذِلُّ مَن تَشَآءُ ۖ بِيَدِكَ ٱلْخَيْرُ ۖ إِنَّكَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(26)

Say, "O Allāh, Owner of Sovereignty, You give sovereignty to whom You will and You take sovereignty away from whom You will. You honor whom You will and You humble whom You will. In Your hand1 is [all] good. Indeed, You are over all things competent. [Aal-i-Imraan: 26]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 26

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O Allāh, Owner of Sovereignty, You give sovereignty to whom You will and You take sovereignty away from whom You will. You honor whom You will and You humble whom You will. In Your hand1 is [all] good. Indeed, You are over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 26

Quli allahumma malika almulki tutee almulka man tashao watanziAAu almulka mimman tashao watuAAizzu man tashao watuthillu man tashao biyadika alkhayru innaka AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 26

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلِ Quli Say ق و ل
2 اللَّهُمَّ allahumma O Allah! أ ل ه
3 مَالِكَ malika Owner م ل ك
4 الْمُلْكِ almulki (of) the Dominion م ل ك
5 تُؤْتِى tutee You give أ ت ي
6 الْمُلْكَ almulka the dominion م ل ك
7 مَن man (to) whom
8 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
9 وَتَنزِعُ watanziAAu and You take away ن ز ع
10 الْمُلْكَ almulka the dominion م ل ك
11 مِمَّن mimman from whom
12 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
13 وَتُعِزُّ watuAAizzu and You honor ع ز ز
14 مَن man whom
15 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
16 وَتُذِلُّ watuthillu and You humiliate ذ ل ل
17 مَن man whom
18 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
19 بِيَدِكَ biyadika In Your hand ي د ي
20 الْخَيْرُ alkhayru (is all) the good خ ي ر
21 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You
22 عَلَىٰ AAala (are) on
23 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
24 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
25 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 27

تُولِجُ ٱلَّيْلَ فِى ٱلنَّهَارِ وَتُولِجُ ٱلنَّهَارَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ ۖ وَتُخْرِجُ ٱلْحَىَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَيِّتِ وَتُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَيِّتَ مِنَ ٱلْحَىِّ ۖ وَتَرْزُقُ مَن تَشَآءُ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍۢ.(27)

You cause the night to enter the day, and You cause the day to enter the night; and You bring the living out of the dead, and You bring the dead out of the living. And You give provision to whom You will without account [i.e., limit or measure]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 27]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 27

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

You cause the night to enter the day, and You cause the day to enter the night; and You bring the living out of the dead, and You bring the dead out of the living. And You give provision to whom You will without account [i.e., limit or measure]."

Transliteration

Ayah 27

Tooliju allayla fee alnnahari watooliju alnnahara fee allayli watukhriju alhayya mina almayyiti watukhriju almayyita mina alhayyi watarzuqu man tashao bighayri hisabin

Word-by-word

Ayah 27

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 تُولِجُ Tooliju You cause to enter و ل ج
2 الَّيْلَ allayla the night ل ي ل
3 فِى fee in
4 النَّهَارِ alnnahari the day ن ه ر
5 وَتُولِجُ watooliju and You cause to enter و ل ج
6 النَّهَارَ alnnahara the day ن ه ر
7 فِى fee in
8 الَّيْلِ allayli the night ل ي ل
9 وَتُخْرِجُ watukhriju and You bring forth خ ر ج
10 الْحَىَّ alhayya the living ح ي ي
11 مِنَ mina from
12 الْمَيِّتِ almayyiti the dead م و ت
13 وَتُخْرِجُ watukhriju and You bring forth خ ر ج
14 الْمَيِّتَ almayyita the dead م و ت
15 مِنَ mina from
16 الْحَىِّ alhayyi the living ح ي ي
17 وَتَرْزُقُ watarzuqu and You give provision ر ز ق
18 مَن man (to) whom
19 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
20 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
21 حِسَابٍ hisabin measure ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 28

لَّا يَتَّخِذِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ ۖ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَيْسَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ فِى شَىْءٍ إِلَّآ أَن تَتَّقُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ تُقَىٰةًۭ ۗ وَيُحَذِّرُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ نَفْسَهُۥ ۗ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمَصِيرُ.(28)

Let not believers take disbelievers as allies [i.e., supporters or protectors] rather than believers. And whoever [of you] does that has nothing [i.e., no association] with Allāh, except when taking precaution against them in prudence.1 And Allāh warns you of Himself, and to Allāh is the [final] destination. [Aal-i-Imraan: 28]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 28

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Let not believers take disbelievers as allies [i.e., supporters or protectors] rather than believers. And whoever [of you] does that has nothing [i.e., no association] with Allāh, except when taking precaution against them in prudence.1 And Allāh warns you of Himself, and to Allāh is the [final] destination.

Transliteration

Ayah 28

La yattakhithi almuminoona alkafireena awliyaa min dooni almumineena waman yafAAal thalika falaysa mina Allahi fee shayin illa an tattaqoo minhum tuqatan wayuhaththirukumu Allahu nafsahu waila Allahi almaseeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 28

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّا La (Let) not
2 يَتَّخِذِ yattakhithi take أ خ ذ
3 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona the believers أ م ن
4 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر
5 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
6 مِن min from
7 دُوْنِ dooni instead of د و ن
8 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
9 وَمَن waman And whoever
10 يَفْعَلْ yafAAal does ف ع ل
11 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
12 فَلَيْسَ falaysa then not he (has) ل ي س
13 مِنَ mina from
14 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
15 فِى fee in
16 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
17 إِلَّآ illa except
18 أَن an that
19 تَتَّقُواْ tattaqoo you fear و ق ي
20 مِنْهُمْ minhum from them
21 تُقَاةً tuqatan (as) a precaution و ق ي
22 وَيُحَذِّرُكُمُ wayuhaththirukumu And warns you ح ذ ر
23 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
24 نَفْسُهُۥ nafsahu (of) Himself ن ف س
25 وَإِلَى waila and to
26 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
27 الْمَصِيرُ almaseeru (is) the final return ص ي ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 29

قُلْ إِن تُخْفُوا۟ مَا فِى صُدُورِكُمْ أَوْ تُبْدُوهُ يَعْلَمْهُ ٱللَّهُ ۗ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(29)

Say, "Whether you conceal what is in your breasts or reveal it, Allāh knows it. And He knows that which is in the heavens and that which is on the earth. And Allāh is over all things competent. [Aal-i-Imraan: 29]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 29

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Whether you conceal what is in your breasts or reveal it, Allāh knows it. And He knows that which is in the heavens and that which is on the earth. And Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 29

Qul in tukhfoo ma fee sudoorikum aw tubdoohu yaAAlamhu Allahu wayaAAlamu ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi waAllahu AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 29

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِن in Whether
3 تُخْفُواْ tukhfoo you conceal خ ف ي
4 مَا ma what
5 فِى fee (is) in
6 صُدُورِكُمْ sudoorikum your breasts ص د ر
7 أَوْ aw or
8 تُبْدُوهُ tubdoohu you disclose it ب د و
9 يَعْلَمْهُ yaAAlamhu knows it ع ل م
10 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
11 وَيَعْلَمُ wayaAAlamu And He knows ع ل م
12 مَا ma what
13 فِى fee (is) in
14 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
15 وَمَا wama and what
16 فِى fee (is) in
17 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
18 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
19 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on
20 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
21 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
22 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 30

يَوْمَ تَجِدُ كُلُّ نَفْسٍۢ مَّا عَمِلَتْ مِنْ خَيْرٍۢ مُّحْضَرًۭا وَمَا عَمِلَتْ مِن سُوٓءٍۢ تَوَدُّ لَوْ أَنَّ بَيْنَهَا وَبَيْنَهُۥٓ أَمَدًۢا بَعِيدًۭا ۗ وَيُحَذِّرُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ نَفْسَهُۥ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ رَءُوفٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ.(30)

The Day every soul will find what it has done of good present [before it] and what it has done of evil, it will wish that between itself and that [evil] was a great distance. And Allāh warns you of Himself, and Allāh is Kind to [His] servants." [Aal-i-Imraan: 30]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 30

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The Day every soul will find what it has done of good present [before it] and what it has done of evil, it will wish that between itself and that [evil] was a great distance. And Allāh warns you of Himself, and Allāh is Kind to [His] servants."

Transliteration

Ayah 30

Yawma tajidu kullu nafsin ma AAamilat min khayrin muhdaran wama AAamilat min sooin tawaddu law anna baynaha wabaynahu amadan baAAeedan wayuhaththirukumu Allahu nafsahu waAllahu raoofun bialAAibadi

Word-by-word

Ayah 30

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَوْمَ Yawma (On the) day ي و م
2 تَجِدُ tajidu will find و ج د
3 كُلُّ kullu every ك ل ل
4 نَفْسٍ nafsin soul ن ف س
5 مَّا ma what
6 عَمِلَتْ AAamilat it did ع م ل
7 مِنْ min of
8 خَيْرٍ khayrin good خ ي ر
9 مُّحْضَرًا muhdaran presented ح ض ر
10 وَمَا wama and what
11 عَمِلَتْ AAamilat it did ع م ل
12 مِن min of
13 سُوٓءٍ sooin evil س و أ
14 تَوَدُّ tawaddu it will wish و د د
15 لَوْ law [if]
16 أَنَّ anna that
17 بَيْنَهَا baynaha between itself ب ي ن
18 وَبَيْنَهُۥٓ wabaynahu and between it (evil) ب ي ن
19 أَمَدًا amadan (was) a distance أ م د
20 بَعِيدًا baAAeedan great ب ع د
21 وَيُحَذِّرُكُمُ wayuhaththirukumu And warns you
22 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
23 نَفْسُهُۥ nafsahu (against) Himself ن ف س
24 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
25 رَؤُوفُ raoofun (is) Most Kind ر أ ف
26 بِالْعِبَادِ bialAAibadi to (His) [the] slaves ع ب د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 31

قُلْ إِن كُنتُمْ تُحِبُّونَ ٱللَّهَ فَٱتَّبِعُونِى يُحْبِبْكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَيَغْفِرْ لَكُمْ ذُنُوبَكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(31)

Say, [O Muḥammad], "If you should love Allāh, then follow me, [so] Allāh will love you and forgive you your sins. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful." [Aal-i-Imraan: 31]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 31

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, [O Muḥammad], "If you should love Allāh, then follow me, [so] Allāh will love you and forgive you your sins. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful."

Transliteration

Ayah 31

Qul in kuntum tuhibboona Allaha faittabiAAoonee yuhbibkumu Allahu wayaghfir lakum thunoobakum waAllahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 31

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِن in If
3 كُنتُمْ kuntum you ك و ن
4 تُحِبُّونَ tuhibboona love ح ب ب
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 فَاتَّبِعُونِى faittabiAAoonee then follow me ت ب ع
7 يُحْبِبْكُمُ yuhbibkumu will love you ح ب ب
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 وَيَغْفِرْ wayaghfir and He will forgive غ ف ر
10 لَكُمْ lakum for you
11 ذُنُوبَكُمْ thunoobakum your sins ذ ن ب
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
14 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 32

قُلْ أَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلرَّسُولَ ۖ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(32)

Say, "Obey Allāh and the Messenger. But if you turn away - then indeed, Allāh does not like the disbelievers." [Aal-i-Imraan: 32]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 32

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Obey Allāh and the Messenger. But if you turn away - then indeed, Allāh does not like the disbelievers."

Transliteration

Ayah 32

Qul ateeAAoo Allaha waalrrasoola fain tawallaw fainna Allaha la yuhibbu alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 32

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَطِيعُواْ ateeAAoo Obey ط و ع
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 وَالرَّسُولَ waalrrasoola and the Messenger ر س ل
5 فَإِن fain Then if
6 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn away و ل ي
7 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 لَا la (does) not
10 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
11 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 33

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱصْطَفَىٰٓ ءَادَمَ وَنُوحًۭا وَءَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَءَالَ عِمْرَٰنَ عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(33)

Indeed, Allāh chose Adam and Noah and the family of Abraham and the family of ʿImrān over the worlds - [Aal-i-Imraan: 33]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 33

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh chose Adam and Noah and the family of Abraham and the family of ʿImrān over the worlds -

Transliteration

Ayah 33

Inna Allaha istafa adama wanoohan waala ibraheema waala AAimrana AAala alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 33

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 اصْطَفَىٰٓ istafa chose ص ف و
4 اٰدَمَ adama Adam
5 وَنُوحًا wanoohan and Nuh
6 وَآلَ waala and (the) family أ و ل
7 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim
8 وَآلَ waala and (the) family أ و ل
9 عِمْرَانَ AAimrana (of) Imran
10 عَلَى AAala over
11 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 34

ذُرِّيَّةًۢ بَعْضُهَا مِنۢ بَعْضٍۢ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ.(34)

Descendants, some of them from others. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing. [Aal-i-Imraan: 34]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 34

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Descendants, some of them from others. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 34

Thurriyyatan baAAduha min baAAdin waAllahu sameeAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 34

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذُرِّيَّةً Thurriyyatan Descendents ذ ر ر
2 بَعْضُهَا baAAduha some of them ب ع ض
3 مِن min from
4 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
5 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
6 سَمِيعٌ sameeAAun (is) All-Hearing س م ع
7 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 35

إِذْ قَالَتِ ٱمْرَأَتُ عِمْرَٰنَ رَبِّ إِنِّى نَذَرْتُ لَكَ مَا فِى بَطْنِى مُحَرَّرًۭا فَتَقَبَّلْ مِنِّىٓ ۖ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ.(35)

[Mention, O Muḥammad], when the wife of ʿImrān said, "My Lord, indeed I have pledged to You what is in my womb, consecrated [for Your service], so accept this from me. Indeed, You are the Hearing, the Knowing." [Aal-i-Imraan: 35]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 35

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Mention, O Muḥammad], when the wife of ʿImrān said, "My Lord, indeed I have pledged to You what is in my womb, consecrated [for Your service], so accept this from me. Indeed, You are the Hearing, the Knowing."

Transliteration

Ayah 35

Ith qalati imraatu AAimrana rabbi innee nathartu laka ma fee batnee muharraran fataqabbal minnee innaka anta alssameeAAu alAAaleemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 35

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When
2 قَالَتِ qalati [she] said ق و ل
3 امْرَأَتُ imraatu (the) wife م ر أ
4 عِمْرَانَ AAimrana (of) Imran
5 رَبِّ rabbi My Lord! ر ب ب
6 إِنِّى innee Indeed I
7 نَذَرْتُ nathartu [I] vowed ن ذ ر
8 لَكَ laka to You
9 مَا ma what
10 فِى fee (is) in
11 بَطْنِى batnee my womb ب ط ن
12 مُحَرَّرًا muharraran dedicated ح ر ر
13 فَتَقَبَّلْ fataqabbal so accept ق ب ل
14 مِنِّىٓ minnee from me
15 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You
16 أَنتَ anta You
17 السَّمِيعُ alssameeAAu (are) the All-Hearing س م ع
18 الْعَلِيمُ alAAaleemu the All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 36

فَلَمَّا وَضَعَتْهَا قَالَتْ رَبِّ إِنِّى وَضَعْتُهَآ أُنثَىٰ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا وَضَعَتْ وَلَيْسَ ٱلذَّكَرُ كَٱلْأُنثَىٰ ۖ وَإِنِّى سَمَّيْتُهَا مَرْيَمَ وَإِنِّىٓ أُعِيذُهَا بِكَ وَذُرِّيَّتَهَا مِنَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ ٱلرَّجِيمِ.(36)

But when she delivered her, she said, "My Lord, I have delivered a female." And Allāh was most knowing of what she delivered, and the male is not like the female. "And I have named her Mary, and I seek refuge for her in You and [for] her descendants from Satan, the expelled [from the mercy of Allāh]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 36]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 36

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But when she delivered her, she said, "My Lord, I have delivered a female." And Allāh was most knowing of what she delivered, and the male is not like the female. "And I have named her Mary, and I seek refuge for her in You and [for] her descendants from Satan, the expelled [from the mercy of Allāh]."

Transliteration

Ayah 36

Falamma wadaAAatha qalat rabbi innee wadaAAtuha ontha waAllahu aAAlamu bima wadaAAat walaysa alththakaru kaalontha wainnee sammaytuha maryama wainnee oAAeethuha bika wathurriyyataha mina alshshaytani alrrajeemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 36

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma Then when
2 وَضَعَتْهَا wadaAAatha she delivered her و ض ع
3 قَالَتْ qalat she said ق و ل
4 رَبِّ rabbi My Lord ر ب ب
5 إِنِّى innee indeed I
6 وَضَعْتُهَآ wadaAAtuha [I] (have) delivered [her] و ض ع
7 أُنثَىٰ ontha a female أ ن ث
8 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
9 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu knows better ع ل م
10 بِمَا bima [of] what
11 وَضَعَتْ wadaAAat she delivered و ض ع
12 وَلَيْسَ walaysa and is not ل ي س
13 الذَّكَرُ alththakaru the male ذ ك ر
14 كَالْأُنثَى kaalontha like the female أ ن ث
15 وَإِنِّى wainnee And that I
16 سَمَّيْتُهَا sammaytuha [I] (have) named her س م و
17 مَرْيَمَ maryama Maryam
18 وَإِنِّىٓ wainnee and that I
19 أُعِيذُهَا oAAeethuha [I] seek refuge for her ع و ذ
20 بِكَ bika in You
21 وَذُرِّيَّتَهَا wathurriyyataha and her offspring ذ ر ر
22 مِنَ mina from
23 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani the Shaitaan ش ط ن
24 الرَّجِيمِ alrrajeemi the rejected ر ج م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 37

فَتَقَبَّلَهَا رَبُّهَا بِقَبُولٍ حَسَنٍۢ وَأَنۢبَتَهَا نَبَاتًا حَسَنًۭا وَكَفَّلَهَا زَكَرِيَّا ۖ كُلَّمَا دَخَلَ عَلَيْهَا زَكَرِيَّا ٱلْمِحْرَابَ وَجَدَ عِندَهَا رِزْقًۭا ۖ قَالَ يَٰمَرْيَمُ أَنَّىٰ لَكِ هَٰذَا ۖ قَالَتْ هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَرْزُقُ مَن يَشَآءُ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ.(37)

So her Lord accepted her with good acceptance and caused her to grow in a good manner and put her in the care of Zechariah. Every time Zechariah entered upon her in the prayer chamber, he found with her provision. He said, "O Mary, from where is this [coming] to you?" She said, "It is from Allāh. Indeed, Allāh provides for whom He wills without account." [Aal-i-Imraan: 37]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 37

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So her Lord accepted her with good acceptance and caused her to grow in a good manner and put her in the care of Zechariah. Every time Zechariah entered upon her in the prayer chamber, he found with her provision. He said, "O Mary, from where is this [coming] to you?" She said, "It is from Allāh. Indeed, Allāh provides for whom He wills without account."

Transliteration

Ayah 37

Fataqabbalaha rabbuha biqaboolin hasanin waanbataha nabatan hasanan wakaffalaha zakariyya kullama dakhala AAalayha zakariyya almihraba wajada AAindaha rizqan qala ya maryamu anna laki hatha qalat huwa min AAindi Allahi inna Allaha yarzuqu man yashao bighayri hisabin

Word-by-word

Ayah 37

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَتَقَبَّلَهَا Fataqabbalaha So accepted her ق ب ل
2 رَبُّهَا rabbuha her Lord ر ب ب
3 بِقَبُولٍ biqaboolin with acceptance ق ب ل
4 حَسَنٍ hasanin good ح س ن
5 وَأَنبَتَهَا waanbataha and reared her ن ب ت
6 نَبَاتًا nabatan a rearing ن ب ت
7 حَسَنًا hasanan good ح س ن
8 وَكَفَّلَهَا wakaffalaha and put her in (the) care ك ف ل
9 زَكَرِيَّا zakariyya (of) Zakariya
10 كُلَّمَا kullama Whenever ك ل ل
11 دَخَلَ dakhala entered د خ ل
12 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha upon her
13 زَكَرِيَّا zakariyya Zakariya
14 الْمِحْرَابَ almihraba [the] prayer chamber ح ر ب
15 وَجَدَ wajada he found و ج د
16 عِندَهَا AAindaha with her ع ن د
17 رِزْقاً rizqan provision ر ز ق
18 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
19 يَامَرْيَمُ yamaryamu O Maryam!
20 أَنَّىٰ anna From where? أ ن ي
21 لَكِ laki for you
22 هَٰذَا hatha (is) this
23 قَالَتْ qalat She said ق و ل
24 هُوَ huwa This
25 مِنْ min (is)
26 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
27 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
28 إِنَّ inna Indeed
29 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
30 يَرْزُقُ yarzuqu gives provision ر ز ق
31 مَن man (to) whom
32 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
33 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
34 حِسَابٍ hisabin measure ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 38

هُنَالِكَ دَعَا زَكَرِيَّا رَبَّهُۥ ۖ قَالَ رَبِّ هَبْ لِى مِن لَّدُنكَ ذُرِّيَّةًۭ طَيِّبَةً ۖ إِنَّكَ سَمِيعُ ٱلدُّعَآءِ.(38)

At that, Zechariah called upon his Lord, saying, "My Lord, grant me from Yourself a good offspring. Indeed, You are the Hearer of supplication." [Aal-i-Imraan: 38]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 38

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

At that, Zechariah called upon his Lord, saying, "My Lord, grant me from Yourself a good offspring. Indeed, You are the Hearer of supplication."

Transliteration

Ayah 38

Hunalika daAAa zakariyya rabbahu qala rabbi hab lee min ladunka thurriyyatan tayyibatan innaka sameeAAu aldduAAai

Word-by-word

Ayah 38

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُنَالِكَ Hunalika There only
2 دَعَا daAAa invoked د ع و
3 زَكَرِيَّا zakariyya Zakariya
4 رَبَّهُۥ rabbahu his Lord ر ب ب
5 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
6 رَبِّ rabbi My Lord ر ب ب
7 هَبْ hab grant و ه ب
8 لِى lee [for] me
9 مِن min from
10 لَّدُنْكَ ladunka Yourself ل د ن
11 ذُرِّيَّةً thurriyyatan offspring ذ ر ر
12 طَيِّبَةً tayyibatan pure ط ي ب
13 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You
14 سَمِيعُ sameeAAu (are) All-Hearer س م ع
15 الدُّعَآءِ aldduAAai (of) the prayer د ع و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 39

فَنَادَتْهُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ وَهُوَ قَآئِمٌۭ يُصَلِّى فِى ٱلْمِحْرَابِ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُبَشِّرُكَ بِيَحْيَىٰ مُصَدِّقًۢا بِكَلِمَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَسَيِّدًۭا وَحَصُورًۭا وَنَبِيًّا مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ.(39)

So the angels called him while he was standing in prayer in the chamber, "Indeed, Allāh gives you good tidings of John, confirming a word1 from Allāh and [who will be] honorable, abstaining [from women], and a prophet from among the righteous." [Aal-i-Imraan: 39]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 39

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So the angels called him while he was standing in prayer in the chamber, "Indeed, Allāh gives you good tidings of John, confirming a word1 from Allāh and [who will be] honorable, abstaining [from women], and a prophet from among the righteous."

Transliteration

Ayah 39

Fanadathu almalaikatu wahuwa qaimun yusallee fee almihrabi anna Allaha yubashshiruka biyahya musaddiqan bikalimatin mina Allahi wasayyidan wahasooran wanabiyyan mina alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 39

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَنَادَتْهُ Fanadathu Then called him ن د و
2 الْمَلَآئِكَةُ almalaikatu the Angels م ل ك
3 وَهُوَ wahuwa when he
4 قَآئِمٌ qaimun (was) standing ق و م
5 يُصَلِّى yusallee praying ص ل و
6 فِى fee in
7 الْمِحْرَابِ almihrabi the prayer chamber ح ر ب
8 أَنَّ anna Indeed
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 يُبَشِّرُكَ yubashshiruka gives you glad tidings ب ش ر
11 بِيَحْيَـى biyahya of Yahya
12 مُصَدِّقًا musaddiqan confirming ص د ق
13 بِكَلِمَةٍ bikalimatin [of] a Word ك ل م
14 مِّنَ mina from
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 وَسَيِّدًا wasayyidan and a noble س و د
17 وَحَصُورًا wahasooran and chaste ح ص ر
18 وَنَبِيًّا wanabiyyan and a Prophet ن ب أ
19 مِّنَ mina among
20 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 40

قَالَ رَبِّ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لِى غُلَٰمٌۭ وَقَدْ بَلَغَنِىَ ٱلْكِبَرُ وَٱمْرَأَتِى عَاقِرٌۭ ۖ قَالَ كَذَٰلِكَ ٱللَّهُ يَفْعَلُ مَا يَشَآءُ.(40)

He said, "My Lord, how will I have a boy when I have reached old age and my wife is barren?" He [the angel] said, "Such is Allāh; He does what He wills." [Aal-i-Imraan: 40]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 40

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He said, "My Lord, how will I have a boy when I have reached old age and my wife is barren?" He [the angel] said, "Such is Allāh; He does what He wills."

Transliteration

Ayah 40

Qala rabbi anna yakoonu lee ghulamun waqad balaghaniya alkibaru waimraatee AAaqirun qala kathalika Allahu yafAAalu ma yashao

Word-by-word

Ayah 40

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 رَبِّ rabbi My Lord ر ب ب
3 أَنَّىٰ anna how? أ ن ي
4 يَكُونُ yakoonu can (there) be ك و ن
5 لِى lee for me
6 غُلَامٌ ghulamun a son غ ل م
7 وَقَدْ waqad and verily
8 بَلَغَنِىَ balaghaniya has reached me ب ل غ
9 الْكِبَرُ alkibaru [the] old age ك ب ر
10 وَامْرَأَتِى waimraatee and my wife م ر أ
11 عَاقِرٌ AAaqirun (is) [a] barren ع ق ر
12 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
13 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 يَفْعَلُ yafAAalu does ف ع ل
16 مَا ma what
17 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 41

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱجْعَل لِّىٓ ءَايَةًۭ ۖ قَالَ ءَايَتُكَ أَلَّا تُكَلِّمَ ٱلنَّاسَ ثَلَٰثَةَ أَيَّامٍ إِلَّا رَمْزًۭا ۗ وَٱذْكُر رَّبَّكَ كَثِيرًۭا وَسَبِّحْ بِٱلْعَشِىِّ وَٱلْإِبْكَٰرِ.(41)

He said, "My Lord, make for me a sign." He said, "Your sign is that you will not [be able to] speak to the people for three days except by gesture. And remember your Lord much and exalt [Him with praise] in the evening and the morning." [Aal-i-Imraan: 41]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 41

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He said, "My Lord, make for me a sign." He said, "Your sign is that you will not [be able to] speak to the people for three days except by gesture. And remember your Lord much and exalt [Him with praise] in the evening and the morning."

Transliteration

Ayah 41

Qala rabbi ijAAal lee ayatan qala ayatuka alla tukallima alnnasa thalathata ayyamin illa ramzan waothkur rabbaka katheeran wasabbih bialAAashiyyi waalibkari

Word-by-word

Ayah 41

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 رَبِّ rabbi My Lord ر ب ب
3 اجْعَل ijAAal make ج ع ل
4 لِّىٓ lee for me
5 اٰيَةً ayatan a sign أ ي ي
6 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
7 اٰيَتُكَ ayatuka your sign أ ي ي
8 أَلَّا alla (is) that not
9 تُكَلِّمَ tukallima you will speak ك ل م
10 النَّاسَ alnnasa (to) the people ن و س
11 ثَلَاثَةَ thalathata (for) three ث ل ث
12 أَيَّامٍ ayyamin days ي و م
13 إِلَّا illa except
14 رَمْزًا ramzan (with) gestures ر م ز
15 وَاذْكُر waothkur And remember ذ ك ر
16 رَّبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
17 كَثِيرًا katheeran much ك ث ر
18 وَسَبِّحْ wasabbih and glorify (Him) س ب ح
19 بِالْعَشِيِّ bialAAashiyyi in the evening ع ش و
20 وَالْإِبْكَارِ waalibkari and (in) the morning ب ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 42

وَإِذْ قَالَتِ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَٰمَرْيَمُ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱصْطَفَىٰكِ وَطَهَّرَكِ وَٱصْطَفَىٰكِ عَلَىٰ نِسَآءِ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(42)

And [mention] when the angels said, "O Mary, indeed Allāh has chosen you and purified you and chosen you above the women of the worlds. [Aal-i-Imraan: 42]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 42

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention] when the angels said, "O Mary, indeed Allāh has chosen you and purified you and chosen you above the women of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 42

Waith qalati almalaikatu ya maryamu inna Allaha istafaki watahharaki waistafaki AAala nisai alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 42

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 قَالَتِ qalati said ق و ل
3 الْمَلَآئِكَةُ almalaikatu the Angels م ل ك
4 يَامَرْيَمُ yamaryamu O Maryam!
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 اصْطَفَاكِ istafaki (has) chosen you ص ف و
8 وَطَهَّرَكِ watahharaki and purified you ط ه ر
9 وَاصْطَفَاكِ waistafaki and chosen you ص ف و
10 عَلَىٰ AAala over
11 نِسَآءِ nisai (the) women ن س و
12 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 43

يَٰمَرْيَمُ ٱقْنُتِى لِرَبِّكِ وَٱسْجُدِى وَٱرْكَعِى مَعَ ٱلرَّٰكِعِينَ.(43)

O Mary, be devoutly obedient to your Lord and prostrate and bow with those who bow [in prayer]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 43]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 43

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O Mary, be devoutly obedient to your Lord and prostrate and bow with those who bow [in prayer]."

Transliteration

Ayah 43

Ya maryamu oqnutee lirabbiki waosjudee wairkaAAee maAAa alrrakiAAeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 43

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَامَرْيَمُ Yamaryamu O Maryam!
2 اقْنُتِى oqnutee Be obedient ق ن ت
3 لِرَبِّكِ lirabbiki to your Lord ر ب ب
4 وَاسْجُدِى waosjudee and prostrate س ج د
5 وَارْكَعِى wairkaAAee and bow down ر ك ع
6 مَعَ maAAa with
7 الرَّاكِعِينَ alrrakiAAeena those who bow down ر ك ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 44

ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآءِ ٱلْغَيْبِ نُوحِيهِ إِلَيْكَ ۚ وَمَا كُنتَ لَدَيْهِمْ إِذْ يُلْقُونَ أَقْلَٰمَهُمْ أَيُّهُمْ يَكْفُلُ مَرْيَمَ وَمَا كُنتَ لَدَيْهِمْ إِذْ يَخْتَصِمُونَ.(44)

That is from the news of the unseen which We reveal to you, [O Muḥammad]. And you were not with them when they cast their pens1 as to which of them should be responsible for Mary. Nor were you with them when they disputed. [Aal-i-Imraan: 44]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 44

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is from the news of the unseen which We reveal to you, [O Muḥammad]. And you were not with them when they cast their pens1 as to which of them should be responsible for Mary. Nor were you with them when they disputed.

Transliteration

Ayah 44

Thalika min anbai alghaybi nooheehi ilayka wama kunta ladayhim ith yulqoona aqlamahum ayyuhum yakfulu maryama wama kunta ladayhim ith yakhtasimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 44

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That
2 مِنْ min (is) from
3 أَنبَآءِ anbai (the) news ن ب أ
4 الْغَيْبِ alghaybi (of) the unseen غ ي ب
5 نُوحِيهِ nooheehi We reveal it و ح ي
6 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
7 وَمَا wama And not
8 كُنتَ kunta you were ك و ن
9 لَدَيْهِمْ ladayhim with them
10 إِذْ ith when
11 يُلْقُونَ yulqoona they cast ل ق ي
12 أَقْلَامَهُمْ aqlamahum their pens ق ل م
13 أَيُّهُمْ ayyuhum (as to) which of them?
14 يَكْفُلُ yakfulu takes charge (of) ك ف ل
15 مَرْيَمَ maryama Maryam
16 وَمَا wama and not
17 كُنتَ kunta you were ك و ن
18 لَدَيْهِمْ ladayhim with them
19 إِذْ ith when
20 يَخْتَصِمُونَ yakhtasimoona they (were) disputing خ ص م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 45

إِذْ قَالَتِ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَٰمَرْيَمُ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُبَشِّرُكِ بِكَلِمَةٍۢ مِّنْهُ ٱسْمُهُ ٱلْمَسِيحُ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ وَجِيهًۭا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْآخِرَةِ وَمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ.(45)

[And mention] when the angels said, "O Mary, indeed Allāh gives you good tidings of a word1 from Him, whose name will be the Messiah, Jesus, the son of Mary - distinguished in this world and the Hereafter and among those brought near [to Allāh]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 45]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 45

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[And mention] when the angels said, "O Mary, indeed Allāh gives you good tidings of a word1 from Him, whose name will be the Messiah, Jesus, the son of Mary - distinguished in this world and the Hereafter and among those brought near [to Allāh].

Transliteration

Ayah 45

Ith qalati almalaikatu ya maryamu inna Allaha yubashshiruki bikalimatin minhu ismuhu almaseehu AAeesa ibnu maryama wajeehan fee alddunya waalakhirati wamina almuqarrabeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 45

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When
2 قَالَتِ qalati said ق و ل
3 الْمَلَآئِكَةُ almalaikatu the Angels م ل ك
4 يَامَرْيَمُ yamaryamu O Maryam!
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 يُبَشِّرُكِ yubashshiruki gives you glad tidings ب ش ر
8 بِكَلِمَةٍ bikalimatin of a word ك ل م
9 مِّنْهُ minhu from Him
10 اسْمُهُ ismuhu his name س م و
11 الْمَسِيحُ almaseehu (is) the Messiah
12 عِيسَى AAeesa Isa
13 ابْنُ ibnu son ب ن ي
14 مَرْيَمَ maryama (of) Maryam
15 وَجِيهًا wajeehan honored و ج ه
16 فِى fee in
17 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
18 وَالْآخِرَةِ waalakhirati and (in) the Hereafter أ خ ر
19 وَمِنَ wamina and of
20 الْمُقَرَّبِينَ almuqarrabeena those brought near (to Allah) ق ر ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 46

وَيُكَلِّمُ ٱلنَّاسَ فِى ٱلْمَهْدِ وَكَهْلًۭا وَمِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ.(46)

He will speak to the people in the cradle and in maturity and will be of the righteous." [Aal-i-Imraan: 46]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 46

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He will speak to the people in the cradle and in maturity and will be of the righteous."

Transliteration

Ayah 46

Wayukallimu alnnasa fee almahdi wakahlan wamina alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 46

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيُكَلِّمُ Wayukallimu And he will speak ك ل م
2 النَّاسَ alnnasa (to) the people ن و س
3 فِى fee in
4 الْمَهْدِ almahdi the cradle م ه د
5 وَكَهْلًا wakahlan and (in) maturity ك ه ل
6 وَمِنَ wamina and (he will be) of
7 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 47

قَالَتْ رَبِّ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لِى وَلَدٌۭ وَلَمْ يَمْسَسْنِى بَشَرٌۭ ۖ قَالَ كَذَٰلِكِ ٱللَّهُ يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ ۚ إِذَا قَضَىٰٓ أَمْرًۭا فَإِنَّمَا يَقُولُ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ.(47)

She said, "My Lord, how will I have a child when no man has touched me?" [The angel] said, "Such is Allāh; He creates what He wills. When He decrees a matter, He only says to it, 'Be,' and it is. [Aal-i-Imraan: 47]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 47

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

She said, "My Lord, how will I have a child when no man has touched me?" [The angel] said, "Such is Allāh; He creates what He wills. When He decrees a matter, He only says to it, 'Be,' and it is.

Transliteration

Ayah 47

Qalat rabbi anna yakoonu lee waladun walam yamsasnee basharun qala kathaliki Allahu yakhluqu ma yashao itha qada amran fainnama yaqoolu lahu kun fayakoonu

Word-by-word

Ayah 47

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَتْ Qalat She said ق و ل
2 رَبِّ rabbi My Lord ر ب ب
3 أَنَّىٰ anna how? أ ن ي
4 يَكُونُ yakoonu is [it] ك و ن
5 لِى lee for me
6 وَلَدٌ waladun a boy و ل د
7 وَلَمْ walam and (has) not
8 يَمْسَسْنِى yamsasnee touch(ed) me م س س
9 بَشَرٌ basharun any man ب ش ر
10 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
11 كَذَٰلِكِ kathaliki Thus
12 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
13 يَخْلُقُ yakhluqu creates خ ل ق
14 مَا ma what
15 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
16 إِذَا itha When
17 قَضَىٰٓ qada He decrees ق ض ي
18 أَمْرًا amran a matter أ م ر
19 فَإِنَّمَا fainnama then only
20 يَقُولُ yaqoolu He says ق و ل
21 لَهُۥ lahu to it
22 كُن kun Be ك و ن
23 فَيَكُونُ fayakoonu and it becomes ك و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 48

وَيُعَلِّمُهُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ.(48)

And He will teach him writing and wisdom1 and the Torah and the Gospel [Aal-i-Imraan: 48]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 48

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And He will teach him writing and wisdom1 and the Torah and the Gospel

Transliteration

Ayah 48

WayuAAallimuhu alkitaba waalhikmata waalttawrata waalinjeela

Word-by-word

Ayah 48

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيُعَلِّمُهُ WayuAAallimuhu And He will teach him ع ل م
2 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
3 وَالْحِكْمَةَ waalhikmata and [the] wisdom ح ك م
4 وَالتَّوْرَاةَ waalttawrata and the Taurat
5 وَالْإِنجِيلَ waalinjeela and the Injeel

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 49

وَرَسُولًا إِلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ أَنِّى قَدْ جِئْتُكُم بِـَٔايَةٍۢ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ أَنِّىٓ أَخْلُقُ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلطِّينِ كَهَيْـَٔةِ ٱلطَّيْرِ فَأَنفُخُ فِيهِ فَيَكُونُ طَيْرًۢا بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَأُبْرِئُ ٱلْأَكْمَهَ وَٱلْأَبْرَصَ وَأُحْىِ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَأُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا تَأْكُلُونَ وَمَا تَدَّخِرُونَ فِى بُيُوتِكُمْ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَآيَةًۭ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(49)

And [make him] a messenger to the Children of Israel, [who will say], 'Indeed I have come to you with a sign from your Lord in that I design for you from clay [that which is] like the form of a bird, then I breathe into it and it becomes a bird by permission of Allāh. And I cure the blind [from birth] and the leper, and I give life to the dead - by permission of Allāh. And I inform you of what you eat and what you store in your houses. Indeed in that is a sign for you, if you are believers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 49]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 49

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [make him] a messenger to the Children of Israel, [who will say], 'Indeed I have come to you with a sign from your Lord in that I design for you from clay [that which is] like the form of a bird, then I breathe into it and it becomes a bird by permission of Allāh. And I cure the blind [from birth] and the leper, and I give life to the dead - by permission of Allāh. And I inform you of what you eat and what you store in your houses. Indeed in that is a sign for you, if you are believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 49

Warasoolan ila banee israeela annee qad jitukum biayatin min rabbikum annee akhluqu lakum mina altteeni kahayati alttayri faanfukhu feehi fayakoonu tayran biithni Allahi waobrio alakmaha waalabrasa waohyee almawta biithni Allahi waonabbiokum bima takuloona wama taddakhiroona fee buyootikum inna fee thalika laayatan lakum in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 49

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَرَسُولًا Warasoolan And (make him) a Messenger ر س ل
2 إِلَىٰ ila to
3 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
4 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel
5 أَنِّى annee Indeed I
6 قَدْ qad [surely]
7 جِئْتُكُم jitukum [I] (have) come (to) you ج ي أ
8 بِاٰيَةٍ biayatin with a sign أ ي ي
9 مِّن min from
10 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
11 أَنِّىٓ annee that I
12 أَخْلُقُ akhluqu [I] design خ ل ق
13 لَكُم lakum for you
14 مِّنَ mina from
15 الطِّينِ altteeni [the] clay ط ي ن
16 كَهَيْئَةِ kahayati like the form ه ي أ
17 الطَّيْرِ alttayri (of) the bird ط ي ر
18 فَأَنفُخُ faanfukhu then I breath ن ف خ
19 فِيهِ feehi into it
20 فَيَكُونُ fayakoonu and it becomes ك و ن
21 طَيْرًا tayran a bird ط ي ر
22 بِإِذْنِ biithni by (the) permission أ ذ ن
23 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
24 وَأُبْرِئُ waobrio And I cure ب ر أ
25 الْأَكْمَهَ alakmaha the blind ك م ه
26 وَالْأَبْرَصَ waalabrasa and the leper ب ر ص
27 وَأُحْيِـى waohyee and I give life ح ي ي
28 الْمَوْتَىٰ almawta (to) the dead م و ت
29 بِإِذْنِ biithni by (the) permission أ ذ ن
30 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
31 وَأُنَبِّئُكُم waonabbiokum And I inform you ن ب أ
32 بِمَا bima of what
33 تَأْكُلُونَ takuloona you eat أ ك ل
34 وَمَا wama and what
35 تَدَّخِرُونَ taddakhiroona you store ذ خ ر
36 فِى fee in
37 بُيُوتِكُمْ buyootikum your houses ب ي ت
38 إِنَّ inna Indeed
39 فِى fee in
40 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
41 لَآيَةً laayatan (is) surely a sign أ ي ي
42 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
43 إِن in if
44 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
45 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 50

وَمُصَدِّقًۭا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَىَّ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَلِأُحِلَّ لَكُم بَعْضَ ٱلَّذِى حُرِّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ ۚ وَجِئْتُكُم بِـَٔايَةٍۢ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ.(50)

And [I have come] confirming what was before me of the Torah and to make lawful for you some of what was forbidden to you. And I have come to you with a sign from your Lord, so fear Allāh and obey me. [Aal-i-Imraan: 50]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 50

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [I have come] confirming what was before me of the Torah and to make lawful for you some of what was forbidden to you. And I have come to you with a sign from your Lord, so fear Allāh and obey me.

Transliteration

Ayah 50

Wamusaddiqan lima bayna yadayya mina alttawrati waliohilla lakum baAAda allathee hurrima AAalaykum wajitukum biayatin min rabbikum faittaqoo Allaha waateeAAooni

Word-by-word

Ayah 50

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمُصَدِّقًا Wamusaddiqan And confirming ص د ق
2 لِّمَا lima that which
3 بَيْنَ bayna between (before me) ب ي ن
4 يَدَىَّ yadayya my hands (before me) ي د ي
5 مِنَ mina of
6 التَّوْرَاةِ alttawrati the Taurat
7 وَلِأُحِلَّ waliohilla and so that I make lawful ح ل ل
8 لَكُم lakum for you
9 بَعْضَ baAAda some ب ع ض
10 الَّذِى allathee (of) that which
11 حُرِّمَ hurrima was forbidden ح ر م
12 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
13 وَجِئْتُكُم wajitukum And I (have) come to you ج ي أ
14 بِاٰيَةٍ biayatin with a sign أ ي ي
15 مِّن min from
16 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
17 فَاتَّقُواْ faittaqoo So fear و ق ي
18 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
19 وَأَطِيعُونِ waateeAAooni and obey me ط و ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 51

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبُّكُمْ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۗ هَٰذَا صِرَٰطٌۭ مُّسْتَقِيمٌۭ.(51)

Indeed, Allāh is my Lord and your Lord, so worship Him. That is the straight path.'" [Aal-i-Imraan: 51]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 51

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh is my Lord and your Lord, so worship Him. That is the straight path.'"

Transliteration

Ayah 51

Inna Allaha rabbee warabbukum faoAAbudoohu hatha siratun mustaqeemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 51

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 رَبِّى rabbee (is) my Lord ر ب ب
4 وَرَبُّكُمْ warabbukum and your Lord ر ب ب
5 فَاعْبُدُوهُ faoAAbudoohu so worship Him ع ب د
6 هَٰذَا hatha This
7 صِرَاطٌ siratun (is) the path ص ر ط
8 مُّسْتَقِيمٌ mustaqeemun straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 52

فَلَمَّآ أَحَسَّ عِيسَىٰ مِنْهُمُ ٱلْكُفْرَ قَالَ مَنْ أَنصَارِىٓ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالَ ٱلْحَوَارِيُّونَ نَحْنُ أَنصَارُ ٱللَّهِ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَٱشْهَدْ بِأَنَّا مُسْلِمُونَ.(52)

But when Jesus felt [persistence in] disbelief from them, he said, "Who are my supporters for [the cause of] Allāh?" The disciples said, "We are supporters for Allāh. We have believed in Allāh and testify that we are Muslims [submitting to Him]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 52]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 52

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But when Jesus felt [persistence in] disbelief from them, he said, "Who are my supporters for [the cause of] Allāh?" The disciples said, "We are supporters for Allāh. We have believed in Allāh and testify that we are Muslims [submitting to Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 52

Falamma ahassa AAeesa minhumu alkufra qala man ansaree ila Allahi qala alhawariyyoona nahnu ansaru Allahi amanna biAllahi waishhad bianna muslimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 52

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّآ Falamma Then when
2 أَحَسَّ ahassa perceived ح س س
3 عِيسَىٰ AAeesa Isa
4 مِنْهُمُ minhumu from them
5 الْكُفْرَ alkufra [the] disbelief ك ف ر
6 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
7 مَنْ man Who?
8 أَنصَارِي ansaree (will be) my helpers ن ص ر
9 إِلَى ila to
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 قَالَ qala Said ق و ل
12 الْحَوَارِيُّونَ alhawariyyoona the disciples ح و ر
13 نَحْنُ nahnu We
14 أَنصَارُ ansaru (will be the) helpers ن ص ر
15 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
16 اٰمَنَّا amanna we believe[d] أ م ن
17 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
18 وَاشْهَدْ waishhad and bear witness ش ه د
19 بِأَنَّا bianna that we
20 مُسْلِمُونَ muslimoona (are) Muslims س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 53

رَبَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا بِمَآ أَنزَلْتَ وَٱتَّبَعْنَا ٱلرَّسُولَ فَٱكْتُبْنَا مَعَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ.(53)

Our Lord, we have believed in what You revealed and have followed the messenger [i.e., Jesus], so register us among the witnesses [to truth]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 53]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 53

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Our Lord, we have believed in what You revealed and have followed the messenger [i.e., Jesus], so register us among the witnesses [to truth]."

Transliteration

Ayah 53

Rabbana amanna bima anzalta waittabaAAna alrrasoola faoktubna maAAa alshshahideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 53

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَبَّنَآ Rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
2 اٰمَنَّا amanna we believe[d] أ م ن
3 بِمَآ bima in what
4 أَنزَلْتَ anzalta You revealed ن ز ل
5 وَاتَّبَعْنَا waittabaAAna and we follow[ed] ت ب ع
6 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
7 فَاكْتُبْنَا faoktubna then write us ك ت ب
8 مَعَ maAAa among
9 الشَّاهِدِينَ alshshahideena the witnesses ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 54

وَمَكَرُوا۟ وَمَكَرَ ٱللَّهُ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ خَيْرُ ٱلْمَٰكِرِينَ.(54)

And they [i.e., the disbelievers] planned, but Allāh planned. And Allāh is the best of planners. [Aal-i-Imraan: 54]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 54

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they [i.e., the disbelievers] planned, but Allāh planned. And Allāh is the best of planners.

Transliteration

Ayah 54

Wamakaroo wamakara Allahu waAllahu khayru almakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 54

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَكَرُواْ Wamakaroo And they schemed م ك ر
2 وَمَكَرَ wamakara and planned م ك ر
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
5 خَيْرُ khayru (is the) best خ ي ر
6 الْمَاكِرِينَ almakireena (of) the planners م ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 55

إِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَٰعِيسَىٰٓ إِنِّى مُتَوَفِّيكَ وَرَافِعُكَ إِلَىَّ وَمُطَهِّرُكَ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَجَاعِلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوكَ فَوْقَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۖ ثُمَّ إِلَىَّ مَرْجِعُكُمْ فَأَحْكُمُ بَيْنَكُمْ فِيمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ.(55)

[Mention] when Allāh said, "O Jesus, indeed I will take you and raise you to Myself and purify [i.e., free] you from those who disbelieve and make those who follow you [in submission to Allāh alone] superior to those who disbelieve until the Day of Resurrection. Then to Me is your return, and I will judge between you concerning that in which you used to differ. [Aal-i-Imraan: 55]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 55

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Mention] when Allāh said, "O Jesus, indeed I will take you and raise you to Myself and purify [i.e., free] you from those who disbelieve and make those who follow you [in submission to Allāh alone] superior to those who disbelieve until the Day of Resurrection. Then to Me is your return, and I will judge between you concerning that in which you used to differ.

Transliteration

Ayah 55

Ith qala Allahu ya AAeesa innee mutawaffeeka warafiAAuka ilayya wamutahhiruka mina allatheena kafaroo wajaAAilu allatheena ittabaAAooka fawqa allatheena kafaroo ila yawmi alqiyamati thumma ilayya marjiAAukum faahkumu baynakum feema kuntum feehi takhtalifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 55

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 يَاعِيسَىٰٓ yaAAeesa O Isa!
5 إِنِّى innee Indeed I
6 مُتَوَفِّيكَ mutawaffeeka (will) take you و ف ي
7 وَرَافِعُكَ warafiAAuka and raise you ر ف ع
8 إِلَىَّ ilayya to Myself
9 وَمُطَهِّرُكَ wamutahhiruka and purify you ط ه ر
10 مِنَ mina from
11 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
12 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
13 وَجَاعِلُ wajaAAilu and I will make ج ع ل
14 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
15 اتَّبَعُوكَ ittabaAAooka follow[ed] you ت ب ع
16 فَوْقَ fawqa superior ف و ق
17 الَّذِينَ allatheena (to) those who
18 كَفَرُوٓا kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
19 إِلَىٰ ila on
20 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
21 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) [the] Resurrection ق و م
22 ثُمَّ thumma Then
23 إِلَىَّ ilayya to Me
24 مَرْجِعُكُمْ marjiAAukum (is) your return ر ج ع
25 فَأَحْكُمُ faahkumu and I will judge ح ك م
26 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between you ب ي ن
27 فِيمَا feema about what
28 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
29 فِيهِ feehi [in it]
30 تَخْتَلِفُونَ takhtalifoona differing خ ل ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 56

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فَأُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًۭا شَدِيدًۭا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْآخِرَةِ وَمَا لَهُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ.(56)

And as for those who disbelieved, I will punish them with a severe punishment in this world and the Hereafter, and they will have no helpers." [Aal-i-Imraan: 56]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 56

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And as for those who disbelieved, I will punish them with a severe punishment in this world and the Hereafter, and they will have no helpers."

Transliteration

Ayah 56

Faamma allatheena kafaroo faoAAaththibuhum AAathaban shadeedan fee alddunya waalakhirati wama lahum min nasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 56

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَمَّا Faamma Then as for
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
4 فَأُعَذِّبُهُمْ faoAAaththibuhum then I will punish them ع ذ ب
5 عَذَابًا AAathaban (with) a punishment ع ذ ب
6 شَدِيدًا shadeedan severe ش د د
7 فِى fee in
8 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
9 وَالْآخِرَةِ waalakhirati and (in) the Hereafter أ خ ر
10 وَمَا wama And not
11 لَهُم lahum for them
12 مِّن min any
13 نَّاصِرِينَ nasireena helpers ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 57

وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ أُجُورَهُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(57)

But as for those who believed and did righteous deeds, He will give them in full their rewards, and Allāh does not like the wrongdoers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 57]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 57

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But as for those who believed and did righteous deeds, He will give them in full their rewards, and Allāh does not like the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 57

Waamma allatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati fayuwaffeehim ojoorahum waAllahu la yuhibbu alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 57

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَمَّا Waamma And as for
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
4 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and did ع م ل
5 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati [the] righteous deeds ص ل ح
6 فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ fayuwaffeehim then He will grant them in full و ف ي
7 أُجُورَهُمْ ojoorahum their reward أ ج ر
8 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
9 لَا la (does) not
10 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
11 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 58

ذَٰلِكَ نَتْلُوهُ عَلَيْكَ مِنَ ٱلْآيَٰتِ وَٱلذِّكْرِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ.(58)

This is what We recite to you, [O Muḥammad], of [Our] verses and the precise [and wise] message [i.e., the Qur’ān]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 58]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 58

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

This is what We recite to you, [O Muḥammad], of [Our] verses and the precise [and wise] message [i.e., the Qur’ān].

Transliteration

Ayah 58

Thalika natloohu AAalayka mina alayati waalththikri alhakeemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 58

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That
2 نَتْلُوهُ natloohu (is what) We recite [it] ت ل و
3 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
4 مِنَ mina of
5 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Verses أ ي ي
6 وَالذِّكْرِ waalththikri and the Reminder ذ ك ر
7 الْحَكِيمِ alhakeemi [the] Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 59

إِنَّ مَثَلَ عِيسَىٰ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ كَمَثَلِ ءَادَمَ ۖ خَلَقَهُۥ مِن تُرَابٍۢ ثُمَّ قَالَ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ.(59)

Indeed, the example of Jesus to Allāh1 is like that of Adam. He created him from dust; then He said to him, "Be," and he was. [Aal-i-Imraan: 59]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 59

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the example of Jesus to Allāh1 is like that of Adam. He created him from dust; then He said to him, "Be," and he was.

Transliteration

Ayah 59

Inna mathala AAeesa AAinda Allahi kamathali adama khalaqahu min turabin thumma qala lahu kun fayakoonu

Word-by-word

Ayah 59

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 مَثَلَ mathala (the) likeness م ث ل
3 عِيسَىٰ AAeesa (of) Isa
4 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 كَمَثَلِ kamathali (is) like (the) likeness م ث ل
7 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam
8 خَلَقَهُۥ khalaqahu He created him خ ل ق
9 مِن min from
10 تُرَابٍ turabin dust ت ر ب
11 ثِمَّ thumma then
12 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
13 لَهُۥ lahu to him
14 كُن kun Be ك و ن
15 فَيَكُونُ fayakoonu and he was ك و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 60

ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكَ فَلَا تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ.(60)

The truth is from your Lord, so do not be among the doubters. [Aal-i-Imraan: 60]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 60

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The truth is from your Lord, so do not be among the doubters.

Transliteration

Ayah 60

Alhaqqu min rabbika fala takun mina almumtareena

Word-by-word

Ayah 60

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الْحَقُّ Alhaqqu The truth ح ق ق
2 مِن min (is) from
3 رَّبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
4 فَلَا fala so (do) not
5 تَكُن takun be ك و ن
6 مِّنْ mina among
7 الْمُمْتَرِينَ almumtareena the doubters م ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 61

فَمَنْ حَآجَّكَ فِيهِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَكَ مِنَ ٱلْعِلْمِ فَقُلْ تَعَالَوْا۟ نَدْعُ أَبْنَآءَنَا وَأَبْنَآءَكُمْ وَنِسَآءَنَا وَنِسَآءَكُمْ وَأَنفُسَنَا وَأَنفُسَكُمْ ثُمَّ نَبْتَهِلْ فَنَجْعَل لَّعْنَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ.(61)

Then whoever argues with you about it after [this] knowledge has come to you - say, "Come, let us call our sons and your sons, our women and your women, ourselves and yourselves, then supplicate earnestly [together] and invoke the curse of Allāh upon the liars [among us]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 61]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 61

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then whoever argues with you about it after [this] knowledge has come to you - say, "Come, let us call our sons and your sons, our women and your women, ourselves and yourselves, then supplicate earnestly [together] and invoke the curse of Allāh upon the liars [among us]."

Transliteration

Ayah 61

Faman hajjaka feehi min baAAdi ma jaaka mina alAAilmi faqul taAAalaw nadAAu abnaana waabnaakum wanisaana wanisaakum waanfusana waanfusakum thumma nabtahil fanajAAal laAAnata Allahi AAala alkathibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 61

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَنْ Faman Then whoever
2 حَآجَّكَ hajjaka argues (with) you ح ج ج
3 فِيهِ feehi concerning it
4 مِن min from
5 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
6 مَا ma what
7 جَآءَكَ jaaka came to you ج ي أ
8 مِنَ mina of
9 الْعِلْمِ alAAilmi the knowledge ع ل م
10 فَقُلْ faqul then say ق و ل
11 تَعَالَوْاْ taAAalaw Come ع ل و
12 نَدْعُ nadAAu let us call د ع و
13 أَبْنَآءَنَا abnaana our sons ب ن ي
14 وَأَبْنَآءَكُمْ waabnaakum and your sons ب ن ي
15 وَنِسَآءَنَا wanisaana and our women ن س و
16 وَنِسَآءَكُمْ wanisaakum and your women ن س و
17 وَأَنفُسَنَا waanfusana and ourselves ن ف س
18 وَأَنفُسَكُمْ waanfusakum and yourselves ن ف س
19 ثُمَّ thumma then
20 نَبْتَهِلْ nabtahil let us pray humbly ب ه ل
21 فَنَجْعَل fanajAAal and [we] invoke ج ع ل
22 لَّعْنَتَ laAAnata the curse ل ع ن
23 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
24 عَلَى AAala on
25 الْكَٰذِبِينَ alkathibeena the liars ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 62

إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْقَصَصُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ وَمَا مِنْ إِلَٰهٍ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ.(62)

Indeed, this is the true narration. And there is no deity except Allāh. And indeed, Allāh is the Exalted in Might, the Wise. [Aal-i-Imraan: 62]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 62

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, this is the true narration. And there is no deity except Allāh. And indeed, Allāh is the Exalted in Might, the Wise.

Transliteration

Ayah 62

Inna hatha lahuwa alqasasu alhaqqu wama min ilahin illa Allahu wainna Allaha lahuwa alAAazeezu alhakeemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 62

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 هَٰذَا hatha this
3 لَهُوَ lahuwa surely it (is)
4 الْقَصَصُ alqasasu the narration ق ص ص
5 الْحَقُّ alhaqqu [the] true ح ق ق
6 وَمَا wama And (there is) no
7 مِنْ min (of)
8 إِلَٰهٍ ilahin god أ ل ه
9 إِلَّا illa except
10 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
11 وَإِنَّ wainna And indeed
12 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
13 لَهُوَ lahuwa surely He
14 الْعَزِيزُ alAAazeezu (is) the All-Mighty ع ز ز
15 الْحَكِيمُ alhakeemu the All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 63

فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ.(63)

But if they turn away, then indeed - Allāh is Knowing of the corrupters. [Aal-i-Imraan: 63]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 63

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if they turn away, then indeed - Allāh is Knowing of the corrupters.

Transliteration

Ayah 63

Fain tawallaw fainna Allaha AAaleemun bialmufsideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 63

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِن Fain And if
2 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn back و ل ي
3 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م
6 بِالْمُفْسِدِينَ bialmufsideena of the corrupters ف س د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 64

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ كَلِمَةٍۢ سَوَآءٍۭ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَكُمْ أَلَّا نَعْبُدَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ وَلَا نُشْرِكَ بِهِۦ شَيْـًۭٔا وَلَا يَتَّخِذَ بَعْضُنَا بَعْضًا أَرْبَابًۭا مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَقُولُوا۟ ٱشْهَدُوا۟ بِأَنَّا مُسْلِمُونَ.(64)

Say, "O People of the Scripture, come to a word that is equitable between us and you - that we will not worship except Allāh and not associate anything with Him and not take one another as lords instead of Allāh."1 But if they turn away, then say, "Bear witness that we are Muslims [submitting to Him]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 64]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 64

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O People of the Scripture, come to a word that is equitable between us and you - that we will not worship except Allāh and not associate anything with Him and not take one another as lords instead of Allāh."1 But if they turn away, then say, "Bear witness that we are Muslims [submitting to Him]."

Transliteration

Ayah 64

Qul ya ahla alkitabi taAAalaw ila kalimatin sawain baynana wabaynakum alla naAAbuda illa Allaha wala nushrika bihi shayan wala yattakhitha baAAduna baAAdan arbaban min dooni Allahi fain tawallaw faqooloo ishhadoo bianna muslimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 64

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَهْلَ yaahla O People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
4 تَعَالَوْاْ taAAalaw Come ع ل و
5 إِلَىٰ ila to
6 كَلِمَةٍ kalimatin a word ك ل م
7 سَوَآءٍ sawain equitable س و ي
8 بَيْنَنَا baynana between us ب ي ن
9 وَبَيْنَكُمْ wabaynakum and between you ب ي ن
10 أَلَّا alla that not
11 نَعْبُدَ naAAbuda we worship ع ب د
12 إِلَّا illa except
13 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
14 وَلَا wala and not
15 نُشْرِكَ nushrika we associate partners ش ر ك
16 بِهِۦ bihi with Him
17 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
18 وَلَا wala and not
19 يَتَّخِذَ yattakhitha take أ خ ذ
20 بَعْضُنَا baAAduna some of us ب ع ض
21 بَعْضاً baAAdan (to) others ب ع ض
22 أَرْبَابًا arbaban (as) lords ر ب ب
23 مِّن min from
24 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
25 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
26 فَإِن fain Then if
27 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw they turn away و ل ي
28 فَقُولُواْ faqooloo then say ق و ل
29 اشْهَدُواْ ishhadoo Bear witness ش ه د
30 بِأَنَّا bianna that we
31 مُسْلِمُونَ muslimoona (are) Muslims س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 65

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تُحَآجُّونَ فِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَتِ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةُ وَٱلْإِنجِيلُ إِلَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ.(65)

O People of the Scripture, why do you argue about Abraham while the Torah and the Gospel were not revealed until after him? Then will you not reason? [Aal-i-Imraan: 65]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 65

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O People of the Scripture, why do you argue about Abraham while the Torah and the Gospel were not revealed until after him? Then will you not reason?

Transliteration

Ayah 65

Ya ahla alkitabi lima tuhajjoona fee ibraheema wama onzilati alttawratu waalinjeelu illa min baAAdihi afala taAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 65

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَهْلَ Yaahla O People أ ه ل
2 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
3 لِمَ lima Why?
4 تُحَآجُّونَ tuhajjoona (do) you argue ح ج ج
5 فِىٓ fee concerning
6 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema Ibrahim
7 وَمَآ wama while not
8 أُنزِلَتِ onzilati was revealed ن ز ل
9 التَّورَاةُ alttawratu the Taurat
10 وَالْإِنجِيلُ waalinjeelu and the Injeel
11 إِلَّا illa except
12 مِن min from
13 بَعْدِهِۦٓ baAAdihi after him ب ع د
14 أَفَلَا afala Then why don't?
15 تَعْقِلُونَ taAAqiloona you use your intellect ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 66

هَٰٓأَنتُمْ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ حَٰجَجْتُمْ فِيمَا لَكُم بِهِۦ عِلْمٌۭ فَلِمَ تُحَآجُّونَ فِيمَا لَيْسَ لَكُم بِهِۦ عِلْمٌۭ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تَعْلَمُونَ.(66)

Here you are - those who have argued about that of which you have [some] knowledge, but why do you argue about that of which you have no knowledge? And Allāh knows, while you know not. [Aal-i-Imraan: 66]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 66

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Here you are - those who have argued about that of which you have [some] knowledge, but why do you argue about that of which you have no knowledge? And Allāh knows, while you know not.

Transliteration

Ayah 66

Haantum haolai hajajtum feema lakum bihi AAilmun falima tuhajjoona feema laysa lakum bihi AAilmun waAllahu yaAAlamu waantum la taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 66

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هَٰٓأَنتُمْ Haantum Here you are
2 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai those who
3 حَاجَجْتُمْ hajajtum argued ح ج ج
4 فِيمَا feema about what
5 لَكُم lakum [for] you
6 بِهِۦ bihi of it
7 عِلمٌ AAilmun (have some) knowledge ع ل م
8 فَلِمَ falima Then why?
9 تُحَآجُّونَ tuhajjoona (do) you argue ح ج ج
10 فِيمَا feema about what
11 لَيْسَ laysa not ل ي س
12 لَكُم lakum for you
13 بِهِۦ bihi of it
14 عِلْمٌ AAilmun (any) knowledge ع ل م
15 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
16 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu knows ع ل م
17 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you
18 لَا la (do) not
19 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 67

مَا كَانَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ يَهُودِيًّا وَلَا نَصْرَانِيًّا وَلَٰكِن كَانَ حَنِيفًۭا مُّسْلِمًۭا وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(67)

Abraham was neither a Jew nor a Christian, but he was one inclining toward truth, a Muslim [submitting to Allāh]. And he was not of the polytheists.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 67]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 67

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Abraham was neither a Jew nor a Christian, but he was one inclining toward truth, a Muslim [submitting to Allāh]. And he was not of the polytheists.1

Transliteration

Ayah 67

Ma kana ibraheemu yahoodiyyan wala nasraniyyan walakin kana haneefan musliman wama kana mina almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 67

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma Not
2 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
3 إِبْرَاهِيمُ ibraheemu Ibrahim
4 يَهُودِيًّا yahoodiyyan a Jew
5 وَلَا wala and not
6 نَصْرَانِيًّا nasraniyyan a Christian ن ص ر
7 وَلَٰكِن walakin [and] but
8 كَانَ kana he was ك و ن
9 حَنِيفًا haneefan a true ح ن ف
10 مُّسْلِمًا musliman Muslim س ل م
11 وَمَا wama and not
12 كَانَ kana he was ك و ن
13 مِنَ mina from
14 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 68

إِنَّ أَوْلَى ٱلنَّاسِ بِإِبْرَٰهِيمَ لَلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوهُ وَهَٰذَا ٱلنَّبِىُّ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ وَلِىُّ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(68)

Indeed, the most worthy of Abraham among the people are those who followed him [in submission to Allāh] and this prophet [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] and those who believe [in his message]. And Allāh is the Ally1 of the believers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 68]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 68

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the most worthy of Abraham among the people are those who followed him [in submission to Allāh] and this prophet [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] and those who believe [in his message]. And Allāh is the Ally1 of the believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 68

Inna awla alnnasi biibraheema lallatheena ittabaAAoohu wahatha alnnabiyyu waallatheena amanoo waAllahu waliyyu almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 68

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 أَوْلَى awla the best to claim relationship و ل ي
3 النَّاسِ alnnasi (of) people ن و س
4 بِإِبْرَاهِيمَ biibraheema with Ibrahim
5 لَلَّذِينَ lallatheena (are) those who
6 اتَّبَعُوهُ ittabaAAoohu follow him ت ب ع
7 وَهَٰذَا wahatha and this
8 النَّبِىُّ alnnabiyyu [the] Prophet ن ب أ
9 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who
10 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
11 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
12 وَلِيُّ waliyyu (is) a Guardian و ل ي
13 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena (of) the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 69

وَدَّت طَّآئِفَةٌۭ مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَوْ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَمَا يُضِلُّونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ.(69)

A faction of the People of the Scripture wish they could mislead you. But they do not mislead except themselves, and they perceive [it] not. [Aal-i-Imraan: 69]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 69

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

A faction of the People of the Scripture wish they could mislead you. But they do not mislead except themselves, and they perceive [it] not.

Transliteration

Ayah 69

Waddat taifatun min ahli alkitabi law yudilloonakum wama yudilloona illa anfusahum wama yashAAuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 69

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَدَّت Waddat Wished و د د
2 طَّآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
3 مِّنْ min from
4 أَهْلِ ahli (the) People أ ه ل
5 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
6 لَوْ law if
7 يُضِلُّونَكُمْ yudilloonakum they could lead you astray ض ل ل
8 وَمَا wama and not
9 يُضِلُّونَ yudilloona they lead astray ض ل ل
10 إِلَّآ illa except
11 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
12 وَمَا wama and not
13 يَشْعُرُونَ yashAAuroona they perceive ش ع ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 70

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَأَنتُمْ تَشْهَدُونَ.(70)

O People of the Scripture, why do you disbelieve in the verses of Allāh1 while you witness [to their truth]? [Aal-i-Imraan: 70]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 70

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O People of the Scripture, why do you disbelieve in the verses of Allāh1 while you witness [to their truth]?

Transliteration

Ayah 70

Ya ahla alkitabi lima takfuroona biayati Allahi waantum tashhadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 70

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَهْلَ Yaahla O People أ ه ل
2 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
3 لِمَ lima Why do?
4 تَكْفُرُونَ takfuroona you deny ك ف ر
5 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati [in] the Signs أ ي ي
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you
8 تَشْهَدُونَ tashhadoona bear witness ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 71

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَلْبِسُونَ ٱلْحَقَّ بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ وَتَكْتُمُونَ ٱلْحَقَّ وَأَنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ.(71)

O People of the Scripture, why do you mix [i.e., confuse] the truth with falsehood and conceal the truth while you know [it]? [Aal-i-Imraan: 71]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 71

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O People of the Scripture, why do you mix [i.e., confuse] the truth with falsehood and conceal the truth while you know [it]?

Transliteration

Ayah 71

Ya ahla alkitabi lima talbisoona alhaqqa bialbatili wataktumoona alhaqqa waantum taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 71

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَهْلَ Yaahla O People أ ه ل
2 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
3 لِمَ lima Why?
4 تَلْبِسُونَ talbisoona do you mix ل ب س
5 الْحَقَّ alhaqqa the truth ح ق ق
6 بِالْبَاطِلِ bialbatili with the falsehood ب ط ل
7 وَتَكْتُمُونَ wataktumoona and conceal ك ت م
8 الْحَقَّ alhaqqa the truth ح ق ق
9 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you
10 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 72

وَقَالَت طَّآئِفَةٌۭ مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَجْهَ ٱلنَّهَارِ وَٱكْفُرُوٓا۟ ءَاخِرَهُۥ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ.(72)

And a faction of the People of the Scripture say [to each other], "Believe in that which was revealed to the believers at the beginning of the day and reject it at its end that perhaps they will return [i.e., abandon their religion], [Aal-i-Imraan: 72]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 72

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And a faction of the People of the Scripture say [to each other], "Believe in that which was revealed to the believers at the beginning of the day and reject it at its end that perhaps they will return [i.e., abandon their religion],

Transliteration

Ayah 72

Waqalat taifatun min ahli alkitabi aminoo biallathee onzila AAala allatheena amanoo wajha alnnahari waokfuroo akhirahu laAAallahum yarjiAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 72

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَت Waqalat And said ق و ل
2 طَّآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
3 مِّنْ min of
4 أَهْلِ ahli (the) People أ ه ل
5 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
6 اٰمِنُواْ aminoo Believe أ م ن
7 بِالَّذِىٓ biallathee in what
8 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
9 عَلَى AAala on
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
11 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
12 وَجْهَ wajha (at the) beginning و ج ه
13 النَّهَارِ alnnahari (of) the day ن ه ر
14 وَاكْفُرُواْ waokfuroo and reject ك ف ر
15 اٰخِرَهُ akhirahu (at) its end أ خ ر
16 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum perhaps they may
17 يَرْجِعُونَ yarjiAAoona return ر ج ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 73

وَلَا تُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِلَّا لِمَن تَبِعَ دِينَكُمْ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْهُدَىٰ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ أَن يُؤْتَىٰٓ أَحَدٌۭ مِّثْلَ مَآ أُوتِيتُمْ أَوْ يُحَآجُّوكُمْ عِندَ رَبِّكُمْ ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْفَضْلَ بِيَدِ ٱللَّهِ يُؤْتِيهِ مَن يَشَآءُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌۭ.(73)

And do not trust except those who follow your religion." Say, "Indeed, the [true] guidance is the guidance of Allāh. [Do you fear] lest someone be given [knowledge] like you were given or that they would [thereby] argue with you before your Lord?" Say, "Indeed, [all] bounty is in the hand1 of Allāh - He grants it to whom He wills. And Allāh is all-Encompassing and Wise." [Aal-i-Imraan: 73]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 73

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not trust except those who follow your religion." Say, "Indeed, the [true] guidance is the guidance of Allāh. [Do you fear] lest someone be given [knowledge] like you were given or that they would [thereby] argue with you before your Lord?" Say, "Indeed, [all] bounty is in the hand1 of Allāh - He grants it to whom He wills. And Allāh is all-Encompassing and Wise."

Transliteration

Ayah 73

Wala tuminoo illa liman tabiAAa deenakum qul inna alhuda huda Allahi an yuta ahadun mithla ma ooteetum aw yuhajjookum AAinda rabbikum qul inna alfadla biyadi Allahi yuteehi man yashao waAllahu wasiAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 73

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تُؤْمِنُوٓاْ tuminoo believe أ م ن
3 إِلَّا illa except
4 لِمَن liman (the one) who
5 تَبِعَ tabiAAa follows ت ب ع
6 دِينَكُمْ deenakum your religion د ي ن
7 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
8 إِنَّ inna Indeed
9 الْهُدَىٰ alhuda the (true) guidance ه د ي
10 هُدَى huda (is the) Guidance ه د ي
11 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
12 أَن an lest
13 يُؤْتَىٰٓ yuta is given أ ت ي
14 أَحَدٌ ahadun (to) one أ ح د
15 مِّثْلَ mithla (the) like م ث ل
16 مَآ ma (of) what
17 أُوتِيتُمْ ooteetum was given to you أ ت ي
18 أَوْ aw or
19 يُحَآجُّوكُمْ yuhajjookum they may argue with you ح ج ج
20 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
21 رَبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
22 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
23 إِنَّ inna Indeed
24 الْفَضْلَ alfadla the Bounty ف ض ل
25 بِيَدِ biyadi (is) in the Hand ي د ي
26 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
27 يُؤْتِيهِ yuteehi He gives it أ ت ي
28 مَن man (to) whom
29 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
30 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
31 وَاسِعٌ wasiAAun (is) All-Encompassing و س ع
32 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 74

يَخْتَصُّ بِرَحْمَتِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ ذُو ٱلْفَضْلِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ.(74)

He selects for His mercy whom He wills. And Allāh is the possessor of great bounty. [Aal-i-Imraan: 74]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 74

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He selects for His mercy whom He wills. And Allāh is the possessor of great bounty.

Transliteration

Ayah 74

Yakhtassu birahmatihi man yashao waAllahu thoo alfadli alAAatheemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 74

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَخْتَصُّ Yakhtassu He chooses خ ص ص
2 بِرَحْمَتِهِۦ birahmatihi for His Mercy ر ح م
3 مَن man whom
4 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
5 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
6 ذُو thoo (is) the Possessor
7 الْفَضْلِ alfadli (of) Bounty ف ض ل
8 الْعَظِيمِ alAAatheemi [the] great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 75

وَمِنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ مَنْ إِن تَأْمَنْهُ بِقِنطَارٍۢ يُؤَدِّهِۦٓ إِلَيْكَ وَمِنْهُم مَّنْ إِن تَأْمَنْهُ بِدِينَارٍۢ لَّا يُؤَدِّهِۦٓ إِلَيْكَ إِلَّا مَا دُمْتَ عَلَيْهِ قَآئِمًۭا ۗ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ لَيْسَ عَلَيْنَا فِى ٱلْأُمِّيِّيْنَ سَبِيلٌۭ وَيَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ.(75)

And among the People of the Scripture is he who, if you entrust him with a great amount [of wealth], he will return it to you. And among them is he who, if you entrust him with a [single] coin, he will not return it to you unless you are constantly standing over him [demanding it]. That is because they say, "There is no blame upon us concerning the unlearned."1 And they speak untruth about Allāh while they know [it]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 75]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 75

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among the People of the Scripture is he who, if you entrust him with a great amount [of wealth], he will return it to you. And among them is he who, if you entrust him with a [single] coin, he will not return it to you unless you are constantly standing over him [demanding it]. That is because they say, "There is no blame upon us concerning the unlearned."1 And they speak untruth about Allāh while they know [it].

Transliteration

Ayah 75

Wamin ahli alkitabi man in tamanhu biqintarin yuaddihi ilayka waminhum man in tamanhu bideenarin la yuaddihi ilayka illa ma dumta AAalayhi qaiman thalika biannahum qaloo laysa AAalayna fee alommiyyeena sabeelun wayaqooloona AAala Allahi alkathiba wahum yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 75

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْ Wamin And from
2 أَهْلِ ahli (the) People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
4 مَنْ man (is he) who
5 إِن in if
6 تَأْمَنْهُ tamanhu you entrust him أ م ن
7 بِقِنطَارٍ biqintarin with a great amount of wealth ق ن ط ر
8 يُؤَدِّهِۦٓ yuaddihi he will return it أ د ي
9 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
10 وَمِنْهُم waminhum And from them
11 مَّنْ man (is he) who
12 إِن in if
13 تَأْمَنْهُ tamanhu you entrust him أ م ن
14 بِدِينَارٍ bideenarin with a single coin د ن ر
15 لَّا la not
16 يُؤَدِّهِۦٓ yuaddihi he will return it أ د ي
17 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
18 إِلَّا illa except
19 مَا ma that
20 دُمْتَ dumta you keep constantly د و م
21 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi over him
22 قَآئِمًا qaiman standing ق و م
23 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
24 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because they
25 قَالُواْ qaloo said ق و ل
26 لَيْسَ laysa Not ل ي س
27 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna on us
28 فِى fee concerning
29 الْأُمِّيِّينَ alommiyyeena the unlettered people أ م م
30 سَبِيلٌ sabeelun any [way] (accountability) س ب ل
31 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona And they say ق و ل
32 عَلَى AAala about
33 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
34 الْكَذِبَ alkathiba the lie ك ذ ب
35 وَهُمْ wahum while they
36 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 76

بَلَىٰ مَنْ أَوْفَىٰ بِعَهْدِهِۦ وَٱتَّقَىٰ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(76)

But yes, whoever fulfills his commitment and fears Allāh - then indeed, Allāh loves those who fear Him. [Aal-i-Imraan: 76]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 76

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But yes, whoever fulfills his commitment and fears Allāh - then indeed, Allāh loves those who fear Him.

Transliteration

Ayah 76

Bala man awfa biAAahdihi waittaqa fainna Allaha yuhibbu almuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 76

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَلَىٰ Bala Nay
2 مَنْ man whoever
3 أَوْفَىٰ awfa fulfills و ف ي
4 بِعَهْدِهِۦ biAAahdihi his covenant ع ه د
5 وَاتَّقَىٰ waittaqa and fears (Allah) و ق ي
6 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
7 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
8 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
9 الْمُتَّقِينَ almuttaqeena those who fear (Him) و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 77

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْتَرُونَ بِعَهْدِ ٱللَّهِ وَأَيْمَٰنِهِمْ ثَمَنًۭا قَلِيلًا أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَا خَلَٰقَ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ وَلَا يُكَلِّمُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا يَنظُرُ إِلَيْهِمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَلَا يُزَكِّيهِمْ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(77)

Indeed, those who exchange the covenant of Allāh and their [own] oaths for a small price will have no share in the Hereafter, and Allāh will not speak to them or look at them on the Day of Resurrection, nor will He purify them; and they will have a painful punishment. [Aal-i-Imraan: 77]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 77

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who exchange the covenant of Allāh and their [own] oaths for a small price will have no share in the Hereafter, and Allāh will not speak to them or look at them on the Day of Resurrection, nor will He purify them; and they will have a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 77

Inna allatheena yashtaroona biAAahdi Allahi waaymanihim thamanan qaleelan olaika la khalaqa lahum fee alakhirati wala yukallimuhumu Allahu wala yanthuru ilayhim yawma alqiyamati wala yuzakkeehim walahum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 77

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 يَشْتَرُونَ yashtaroona exchange ش ر ي
4 بِعَهْدِ biAAahdi (the) Covenant ع ه د
5 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
6 وَأَيْمَانِهِمْ waaymanihim and their oaths ي م ن
7 ثَمَنًا thamanan (for) a price ث م ن
8 قَلِيلًا qaleelan little ق ل ل
9 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those
10 لَا la no
11 خَلَاقَ khalaqa share خ ل ق
12 لَهُمْ lahum for them
13 فِى fee in
14 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
15 وَلَا wala and not
16 يُكَلِّمُهُمُ yukallimuhumu will speak to them ك ل م
17 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
18 وَلَا wala and not
19 يَنظُرُ yanthuru look ن ظ ر
20 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim at them
21 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
22 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
23 وَلَا wala and not
24 يُزَكِّيهِمْ yuzakkeehim purify them ز ك و
25 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them
26 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
27 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 78

وَإِنَّ مِنْهُمْ لَفَرِيقًۭا يَلْوُۥنَ أَلْسِنَتَهُم بِٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِتَحْسَبُوهُ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَمَا هُوَ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَيَقُولُونَ هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ.(78)

And indeed, there is among them a party who alter the Scripture with their tongues so you may think it is from the Scripture, but it is not from the Scripture. And they say, "This is from Allāh," but it is not from Allāh. And they speak untruth about Allāh while they know. [Aal-i-Imraan: 78]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 78

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And indeed, there is among them a party who alter the Scripture with their tongues so you may think it is from the Scripture, but it is not from the Scripture. And they say, "This is from Allāh," but it is not from Allāh. And they speak untruth about Allāh while they know.

Transliteration

Ayah 78

Wainna minhum lafareeqan yalwoona alsinatahum bialkitabi litahsaboohu mina alkitabi wama huwa mina alkitabi wayaqooloona huwa min AAindi Allahi wama huwa min AAindi Allahi wayaqooloona AAala Allahi alkathiba wahum yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 78

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنَّ Wainna And indeed
2 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
3 لَفَرِيقًا lafareeqan surely (is) a group ف ر ق
4 يَلْوُونَ yalwoona they distort ل و ي
5 أَلْسِنَتَهُم alsinatahum their tongues ل س ن
6 بِالْكِتَابِ bialkitabi in (reciting) the Book ك ت ب
7 لِتَحْسَبُوهُ litahsaboohu so that you may think it ح س ب
8 مِنَ mina (is) from
9 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
10 وَمَا wama and not
11 هُوَ huwa it
12 مِنَ mina (is) from
13 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
14 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona And they say ق و ل
15 هُوَ huwa It
16 مِنْ min (is)
17 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
18 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
19 وَمَا wama But not
20 هُوَ huwa it
21 مِنْ min (is)
22 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
23 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
24 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona And they say ق و ل
25 عَلَى AAala about
26 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
27 الْكَذِبَ alkathiba the lie ك ذ ب
28 وَهُمْ wahum while they
29 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 79

مَا كَانَ لِبَشَرٍ أَن يُؤْتِيَهُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ثُمَّ يَقُولَ لِلنَّاسِ كُونُوا۟ عِبَادًۭا لِّى مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَٰكِن كُونُوا۟ رَبَّٰنِيِّيْنَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تُعَلِّمُونَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَبِمَا كُنتُمْ تَدْرُسُونَ.(79)

It is not for a human [prophet]1 that Allāh should give him the Scripture2 and authority and prophethood and then he would say to the people, "Be servants to me rather than Allāh," but [instead, he would say], "Be pious scholars of the Lord because of what you have taught of the Scripture and because of what you have studied." [Aal-i-Imraan: 79]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 79

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is not for a human [prophet]1 that Allāh should give him the Scripture2 and authority and prophethood and then he would say to the people, "Be servants to me rather than Allāh," but [instead, he would say], "Be pious scholars of the Lord because of what you have taught of the Scripture and because of what you have studied."

Transliteration

Ayah 79

Ma kana libasharin an yutiyahu Allahu alkitaba waalhukma waalnnubuwwata thumma yaqoola lilnnasi koonoo AAibadan lee min dooni Allahi walakin koonoo rabbaniyyeena bima kuntum tuAAallimoona alkitaba wabima kuntum tadrusoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 79

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَا Ma Not
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 لِبَشَرٍ libasharin for a human ب ش ر
4 أَن an that
5 يُؤْتِيَهُ yutiyahu gives him أ ت ي
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
8 وَالْحُكْمَ waalhukma and the wisdom ح ك م
9 وَالنُّبُوَّةَ waalnnubuwwata and the Prophethood ن ب أ
10 ثُمَّ thumma then
11 يَقُولَ yaqoola he says ق و ل
12 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi to the people ن و س
13 كُونُواْ koonoo Be ك و ن
14 عِبَادًا AAibadan worshippers ع ب د
15 لِّى lee of me
16 مِن min from
17 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
18 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
19 وَلَٰكِن walakin but (would say)
20 كُونُواْ koonoo Be ك و ن
21 رَبَّانِيِّينَ rabbaniyyeena worshippers of the Lord ر ب ب
22 بِمَا bima because
23 كُنتُمْ kuntum you have been ك و ن
24 تُعَلِّمُونَ tuAAallimoona teaching ع ل م
25 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
26 وَبِمَا wabima and because
27 كُنتُمْ kuntum you have been ك و ن
28 تَدْرُسُونَ tadrusoona studying (it) د ر س

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 80

وَلَا يَأْمُرَكُمْ أَن تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ وَٱلنَّبِيِّيْنَ أَرْبَابًا ۗ أَيَأْمُرُكُم بِٱلْكُفْرِ بَعْدَ إِذْ أَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ.(80)

Nor could he order you to take the angels and prophets as lords. Would he order you to disbelief after you had been Muslims? [Aal-i-Imraan: 80]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 80

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Nor could he order you to take the angels and prophets as lords. Would he order you to disbelief after you had been Muslims?

Transliteration

Ayah 80

Wala yamurakum an tattakhithoo almalaikata waalnnabiyyeena arbaban ayamurukum bialkufri baAAda ith antum muslimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 80

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And not
2 يَأْمُرَكُمْ yamurakum he will order you أ م ر
3 أَن an that
4 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo you take أ خ ذ
5 الْمَلَآئِكَةَ almalaikata the Angels م ل ك
6 وَالنِّبِيِّيْنَ waalnnabiyyeena and the Prophets ن ب أ
7 أَرْبَابًا arbaban (as) lords ر ب ب
8 أَيَأْمُرُكُم ayamurukum Would he order you? أ م ر
9 بِالْكُفْرِ bialkufri to [the] disbelief ك ف ر
10 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
11 إِذْ ith [when]
12 أَنتُم antum you (have become)
13 مُّسْلِمُونَ muslimoona Muslims س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 81

وَإِذْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِيثَٰقَ ٱلنَّبِيِّيْنَ لَمَآ ءَاتَيْتُكُم مِّن كِتَٰبٍۢ وَحِكْمَةٍۢ ثُمَّ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولٌۭ مُّصَدِّقٌۭ لِّمَا مَعَكُمْ لَتُؤْمِنُنَّ بِهِۦ وَلَتَنصُرُنَّهُۥ ۚ قَالَ ءَأَقْرَرْتُمْ وَأَخَذْتُمْ عَلَىٰ ذَٰلِكُمْ إِصْرِى ۖ قَالُوٓا۟ أَقْرَرْنَا ۚ قَالَ فَٱشْهَدُوا۟ وَأَنَا۠ مَعَكُم مِّنَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ.(81)

And [recall, O People of the Scripture], when Allāh took the covenant of the prophets, [saying], "Whatever I give you of the Scripture and wisdom and then there comes to you a messenger confirming what is with you, you [must] believe in him and support him." [Allāh] said, "Have you acknowledged and taken upon that My commitment?"1 They said, "We have acknowledged it." He said, "Then bear witness, and I am with you among the witnesses." [Aal-i-Imraan: 81]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 81

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [recall, O People of the Scripture], when Allāh took the covenant of the prophets, [saying], "Whatever I give you of the Scripture and wisdom and then there comes to you a messenger confirming what is with you, you [must] believe in him and support him." [Allāh] said, "Have you acknowledged and taken upon that My commitment?"1 They said, "We have acknowledged it." He said, "Then bear witness, and I am with you among the witnesses."

Transliteration

Ayah 81

Waith akhatha Allahu meethaqa alnnabiyyeena lama ataytukum min kitabin wahikmatin thumma jaakum rasoolun musaddiqun lima maAAakum latuminunna bihi walatansurunnahu qala aaqrartum waakhathtum AAala thalikum isree qaloo aqrarna qala faishhadoo waana maAAakum mina alshshahideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 81

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 أَخَذَ akhatha took أ خ ذ
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 مِيثَاقَ meethaqa covenant و ث ق
5 النَّبِيِّيْنَ alnnabiyyeena (of) the Prophets ن ب أ
6 لَمَآ lama Certainly whatever
7 اٰتَيْتُكُم ataytukum I (have) given you أ ت ي
8 مِّن min of
9 كِتَابٍ kitabin (the) Book ك ت ب
10 وَحِكْمَةٍ wahikmatin and wisdom ح ك م
11 ثُمَّ thumma then
12 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum comes to you ج ي أ
13 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
14 مُّصَدِّقٌ musaddiqun confirming ص د ق
15 لِّمَا lima that which
16 مَعَكُمْ maAAakum (is) with you
17 لَتُؤْمِنُنَّ latuminunna you must believe أ م ن
18 بِهِۦ bihi in him
19 وَلَتَنصُرُنَّهُۥ walatansurunnahu and you must help him ن ص ر
20 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
21 ءَأَقْرَرْتُمْ aaqrartum Do you affirm? ق ر ر
22 وَأَخَذْتُمْ waakhathtum and take أ خ ذ
23 عَلَىٰ AAala on
24 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum that (condition)
25 إِصْرِى isree My Covenant? أ ص ر
26 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo They said ق و ل
27 أَقْرَرْنَا aqrarna We affirm ق ر ر
28 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
29 فَاشْهَدُواْ faishhadoo Then bear witness ش ه د
30 وَأَنَاْ waana and I (am)
31 مَعَكُم maAAakum with you
32 مِّنَ mina among
33 الشَّاهِدِينَ alshshahideena the witnesses ش ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 82

فَمَن تَوَلَّىٰ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ.(82)

And whoever turned away after that - they were the defiantly disobedient. [Aal-i-Imraan: 82]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 82

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever turned away after that - they were the defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 82

Faman tawalla baAAda thalika faolaika humu alfasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 82

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَن Faman Then whoever
2 تَوَلَّىٰ tawalla turns away و ل ي
3 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
4 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
5 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those
6 هُمُ humu they
7 الْفَاسِقُونَ alfasiqoona (are) the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 83

أَفَغَيْرَ دِينِ ٱللَّهِ يَبْغُونَ وَلَهُۥٓ أَسْلَمَ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ طَوْعًۭا وَكَرْهًۭا وَإِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُونَ.(83)

So is it other than the religion of Allāh they desire, while to Him have submitted [all] those within the heavens and earth, willingly or by compulsion, and to Him they will be returned? [Aal-i-Imraan: 83]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 83

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So is it other than the religion of Allāh they desire, while to Him have submitted [all] those within the heavens and earth, willingly or by compulsion, and to Him they will be returned?

Transliteration

Ayah 83

Afaghayra deeni Allahi yabghoona walahu aslama man fee alssamawati waalardi tawAAan wakarhan wailayhi yurjaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 83

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَغَيْرَ Afaghayra So is (it) other than? غ ي ر
2 دِينِ deeni (the) religion د ي ن
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 يَبْغُونَ yabghoona they seek ب غ ي
5 وَلَهُۥٓ walahu While to Him
6 أَسْلَمَ aslama (have) submitted س ل م
7 مَن man whatever
8 فِى fee (is) in
9 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
10 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
11 طَوْعًا tawAAan willingly ط و ع
12 وَكَرْهًا wakarhan or unwillingly ك ر ه
13 وَإِلَيْهِ wailayhi and towards Him
14 يُرْجَعُونَ yurjaAAoona they will be returned ر ج ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 84

قُلْ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا وَمَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَٱلْأَسْبَاطِ وَمَآ أُوتِىَ مُوسَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَٱلنَّبِيُّونَ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ لَا نُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍۢ مِّنْهُمْ وَنَحْنُ لَهُۥ مُسْلِمُونَ.(84)

Say, "We have believed in Allāh and in what was revealed to us and what was revealed to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, and the Descendants [al-Asbāṭ], and in what was given to Moses and Jesus and to the prophets from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and we are Muslims [submitting] to Him." [Aal-i-Imraan: 84]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 84

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "We have believed in Allāh and in what was revealed to us and what was revealed to Abraham, Ishmael, Isaac, Jacob, and the Descendants [al-Asbāṭ], and in what was given to Moses and Jesus and to the prophets from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and we are Muslims [submitting] to Him."

Transliteration

Ayah 84

Qul amanna biAllahi wama onzila AAalayna wama onzila AAala ibraheema waismaAAeela waishaqa wayaAAqooba waalasbati wama ootiya moosa waAAeesa waalnnabiyyoona min rabbihim la nufarriqu bayna ahadin minhum wanahnu lahu muslimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 84

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believed أ م ن
3 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
4 وَمَآ wama and what
5 أُنزِلَ onzila (is) revealed ن ز ل
6 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna on us
7 وَمَآ wama and what
8 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
9 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
10 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema Ibrahim
11 وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ waismaAAeela and Ismael
12 وَإِسْحَٰقَ waishaqa and Isaac
13 وَيَعْقُوبَ wayaAAqooba and Yaqub
14 وَالْأَسْبَاطِ waalasbati and the descendents س ب ط
15 وَمَآ wama and what
16 أُوتِىَ ootiya was given أ ت ي
17 مُوسَىٰ moosa (to) Musa
18 وَعِيسَىٰ waAAeesa and Isa
19 وَالنَّبِيُّونَ waalnnabiyyoona and the Prophets ن ب أ
20 مِن min from
21 رَّبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
22 لَا la Not
23 نُفَرِّقُ nufarriqu we make distinction ف ر ق
24 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
25 أَحَدٍ ahadin any أ ح د
26 مِّنْهُمْ minhum of them
27 وَنَحْنُ wanahnu and we
28 لَهُۥ lahu to Him
29 مُسْلِمُونَ muslimoona (are) submissive س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 85

وَمَن يَبْتَغِ غَيْرَ ٱلْإِسْلَٰمِ دِينًۭا فَلَن يُقْبَلَ مِنْهُ وَهُوَ فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ.(85)

And whoever desires other than Islām as religion - never will it be accepted from him, and he, in the Hereafter, will be among the losers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 85]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 85

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever desires other than Islām as religion - never will it be accepted from him, and he, in the Hereafter, will be among the losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 85

Waman yabtaghi ghayra alislami deenan falan yuqbala minhu wahuwa fee alakhirati mina alkhasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 85

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَن Waman And whoever
2 يَبْتَغِ yabtaghi seeks ب غ ي
3 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
4 الْإِسْلَامَ alislami [the] Islam س ل م
5 دِينًا deenan (as) religion د ي ن
6 فَلَن falan then never
7 يُقْبَلَ yuqbala will be accepted ق ب ل
8 مِنْهُ minhu from him
9 وَهُوَ wahuwa and he
10 فِى fee in
11 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
12 مِنَ mina (will be) from
13 الْخَاسِرِينَ alkhasireena the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 86

كَيْفَ يَهْدِى ٱللَّهُ قَوْمًۭا كَفَرُوا۟ بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِهِمْ وَشَهِدُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱلرَّسُولَ حَقٌّ وَجَآءَهُمُ الْبَيِّنَاتُ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(86)

How shall Allāh guide a people who disbelieved after their belief and had witnessed that the Messenger is true and clear signs had come to them? And Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people. [Aal-i-Imraan: 86]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 86

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

How shall Allāh guide a people who disbelieved after their belief and had witnessed that the Messenger is true and clear signs had come to them? And Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people.

Transliteration

Ayah 86

Kayfa yahdee Allahu qawman kafaroo baAAda eemanihim washahidoo anna alrrasoola haqqun wajaahumu albayyinatu waAllahu la yahdee alqawma alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 86

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كَيْفَ Kayfa How? ك ي ف
2 يَهْدِى yahdee (shall) guide ه د ي
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 قَوْمًا qawman a people ق و م
5 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo (who) disbelieved ك ف ر
6 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
7 إِيمَانِهِمْ eemanihim their belief أ م ن
8 وَشَهِدُواْ washahidoo and (had) witnessed ش ه د
9 أَنَّ anna that
10 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
11 حَقٌّ haqqun (is) true ح ق ق
12 وَجَآءَهُمُ wajaahumu and came to them ج ي أ
13 الْبَيِّنَاتُ albayyinatu the clear proofs ب ي ن
14 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
15 لَا la (does) not
16 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
17 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
18 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena [the] wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 87

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ جَزَآؤُهُمْ أَنَّ عَلَيْهِمْ لَعْنَةَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ وَٱلنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ.(87)

Those - their recompense will be that upon them is the curse of Allāh and the angels and the people, all together, [Aal-i-Imraan: 87]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 87

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those - their recompense will be that upon them is the curse of Allāh and the angels and the people, all together,

Transliteration

Ayah 87

Olaika jazaohum anna AAalayhim laAAnata Allahi waalmalaikati waalnnasi ajmaAAeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 87

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 جَزَآؤُهُمْ jazaohum their recompense ج ز ي
3 أَنَّ anna that
4 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them
5 لَعْنَةَ laAAnata (is the) curse ل ع ن
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 وَالْمَلَآئِكَةِ waalmalaikati and the Angels م ل ك
8 وَالنَّاسِ waalnnasi and the people ن و س
9 أَجْمَعِينَ ajmaAAeena all together ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 88

خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا لَا يُخَفَّفُ عَنْهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ وَلَا هُمْ يُنظَرُونَ.(88)

Abiding eternally therein. The punishment will not be lightened for them, nor will they be reprieved, [Aal-i-Imraan: 88]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 88

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Abiding eternally therein. The punishment will not be lightened for them, nor will they be reprieved,

Transliteration

Ayah 88

Khalideena feeha la yukhaffafu AAanhumu alAAathabu wala hum yuntharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 88

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 خَالِدِينَ Khalideena (They will) abide forever خ ل د
2 فِيهَا feeha in it
3 لَا la Not
4 يُخَفَّفُ yukhaffafu will be lightened خ ف ف
5 عَنْهُمُ AAanhumu for them
6 الْعَذَابُ alAAathabu the punishment ع ذ ب
7 وَلَا wala and not
8 هُمْ hum they
9 يُنظَرُونَ yuntharoona will be reprieved ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 89

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ وَأَصْلَحُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌ.(89)

Except for those who repent after that1 and correct themselves. For indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 89]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 89

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Except for those who repent after that1 and correct themselves. For indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 89

Illa allatheena taboo min baAAdi thalika waaslahoo fainna Allaha ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 89

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِلَّا Illa Except
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 تَابُواْ taboo repent ت و ب
4 مِن min from
5 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
6 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
7 وَأَصْلَحُواْ waaslahoo and reform[ed] themselves ص ل ح
8 فَإِنَّ fainna Then indeed
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
11 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 90

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِهِمْ ثُمَّ ٱزْدَادُوا۟ كُفْرًۭا لَّن تُقْبَلَ تَوْبَتُهُمْ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلضَّآلُّونَ.(90)

Indeed, those who disbelieve [i.e., reject the message] after their belief and then increase in disbelief - never will their [claimed] repentance be accepted, and they are the ones astray. [Aal-i-Imraan: 90]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 90

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve [i.e., reject the message] after their belief and then increase in disbelief - never will their [claimed] repentance be accepted, and they are the ones astray.

Transliteration

Ayah 90

Inna allatheena kafaroo baAAda eemanihim thumma izdadoo kufran lan tuqbala tawbatuhum waolaika humu alddalloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 90

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
4 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
5 إِيمَانِهِمْ eemanihim their belief أ م ن
6 ثُمَّ thumma then
7 ازْدَادُواْ izdadoo they increased ز ي د
8 كُفْرًا kufran (in) disbelief ك ف ر
9 لَّن lan never
10 تُقْبَلَ tuqbala will be accepted ق ب ل
11 تَوْبَتُهُمْ tawbatuhum their repentance ت و ب
12 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika and those
13 هُمُ humu they
14 الضَّآلُّونَ alddalloona (are) those who have gone astray ض ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 91

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَمَاتُوا۟ وَهُمْ كُفَّارٌۭ فَلَن يُقْبَلَ مِنْ أَحَدِهِم مِّلْءُ ٱلْأَرْضِ ذَهَبًۭا وَلَوِ ٱفْتَدَىٰ بِهِۦٓ ۗ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ وَمَا لَهُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ.(91)

Indeed, those who disbelieve and die while they are disbelievers - never would the [whole] capacity of the earth in gold be accepted from one of them if he would [seek to] ransom himself with it. For those there will be a painful punishment, and they will have no helpers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 91]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 91

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve and die while they are disbelievers - never would the [whole] capacity of the earth in gold be accepted from one of them if he would [seek to] ransom himself with it. For those there will be a painful punishment, and they will have no helpers.

Transliteration

Ayah 91

Inna allatheena kafaroo wamatoo wahum kuffarun falan yuqbala min ahadihim milo alardi thahaban walawi iftada bihi olaika lahum AAathabun aleemun wama lahum min nasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 91

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve[d] ك ف ر
4 وَمَاتُواْ wamatoo and died م و ت
5 وَهُمْ wahum while they
6 كُفَّارٌ kuffarun (are) disbelievers ك ف ر
7 فَلَن falan then never
8 يُقْبَلَ yuqbala will be accepted ق ب ل
9 مِنْ min from
10 أَحَدِهِم ahadihim any one of them أ ح د
11 مِّلْءُ milo full م ل أ
12 الْأَرْضِ alardi earth أ ر ض
13 ذَهَبًا thahaban (of) gold ذ ه ب
14 وَلَوِ walawi [and] (even) if
15 افْتَدَىٰ iftada he offered as ransom ف د ي
16 بِهِۦٓ bihi with it
17 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
18 لَهُمْ lahum for them
19 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
20 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م
21 وَمَا wama and not
22 لَهُم lahum (will be) for them
23 مِّن min any
24 نَّاصِرِينَ nasireena helpers ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 92

لَن تَنَالُوا۟ ٱلْبِرَّ حَتَّىٰ تُنفِقُوا۟ مِمَّا تُحِبُّونَ ۚ وَمَا تُنفِقُوا۟ مِن شَىْءٍۢ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِهِۦ عَلِيمٌۭ.(92)

Never will you attain the good [reward]1 until you spend [in the way of Allāh] from that which you love. And whatever you spend - indeed, Allāh is Knowing of it. [Aal-i-Imraan: 92]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 92

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Never will you attain the good [reward]1 until you spend [in the way of Allāh] from that which you love. And whatever you spend - indeed, Allāh is Knowing of it.

Transliteration

Ayah 92

Lan tanaloo albirra hatta tunfiqoo mimma tuhibboona wama tunfiqoo min shayin fainna Allaha bihi AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 92

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَن Lan Never
2 تَنَالُواْ tanaloo will you attain ن ي ل
3 الْبِرَّ albirra [the] righteousness ب ر ر
4 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
5 تُنفِقُواْ tunfiqoo you spend ن ف ق
6 مِمَّا mimma from what
7 تُحِبُّونَ tuhibboona you love ح ب ب
8 وَمَا wama And whatever
9 تُنفِقُواْ tunfiqoo you spend ن ف ق
10 مِن min of
11 شَىْءٍ shayin a thing ش ي أ
12 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
13 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
14 بِهِۦ bihi of it
15 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 93

كُلُّ ٱلطَّعَامِ كَانَ حِلًّا لِّبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ إِلَّا مَا حَرَّمَ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلُ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِۦ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تُنَزَّلَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةُ ۗ قُلْ فَأْتُوا۟ بِٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ فَٱتْلُوهَآ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ.(93)

All food was lawful to the Children of Israel except what Israel [i.e., Jacob] had made unlawful to himself before the Torah was revealed. Say, [O Muḥammad], "So bring the Torah and recite it, if you should be truthful." [Aal-i-Imraan: 93]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 93

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

All food was lawful to the Children of Israel except what Israel [i.e., Jacob] had made unlawful to himself before the Torah was revealed. Say, [O Muḥammad], "So bring the Torah and recite it, if you should be truthful."

Transliteration

Ayah 93

Kullu alttaAAami kana hillan libanee israeela illa ma harrama israeelu AAala nafsihi min qabli an tunazzala alttawratu qul fatoo bialttawrati faotlooha in kuntum sadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 93

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كُلُّ Kullu All ك ل ل
2 الطَّعَامِ alttaAAami [the] food ط ع م
3 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
4 حِـلاًّ hillan lawful ح ل ل
5 لِّبَنِىٓ libanee for (the) Children ب ن ي
6 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel
7 إِلَّا illa except
8 مَا ma what
9 حَرَّمَ harrama made unlawful ح ر م
10 إِسْرَائِيلُ israeelu Israel
11 عَلَىٰ AAala upon
12 نَفْسِهِۦ nafsihi himself ن ف س
13 مِن min from
14 قَبْلِ qabli before ق ب ل
15 أَن an [that]
16 تُنَزَّلَ tunazzala (was) revealed ن ز ل
17 التَّوْرَاةُ alttawratu the Taurat
18 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
19 فَأْتُواْ fatoo So bring أ ت ي
20 بِالتَّوْرَاةِ bialttawrati the Taurat
21 فَاتْلُوهَآ faotlooha and recite it ت ل و
22 إِن in if
23 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
24 صَادِقِينَ sadiqeena truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 94

فَمَنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ.(94)

And whoever invents about Allāh untruth after that - then those are [truly] the wrongdoers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 94]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 94

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whoever invents about Allāh untruth after that - then those are [truly] the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 94

Famani iftara AAala Allahi alkathiba min baAAdi thalika faolaika humu althalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 94

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَنِ Famani Then whoever
2 افْتَرَىٰ iftara fabricates ف ر ي
3 عَلَى AAala about
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 الْكَذِبَ alkathiba [the] lie ك ذ ب
6 مِن min from
7 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
8 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
9 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those
10 هُمُ humu they
11 الظَّالِمُونَ althalimoona (are) the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 95

قُلْ صَدَقَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ فَٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مِلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًۭا وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(95)

Say, "Allāh has told the truth. So follow the religion of Abraham, inclining toward truth; and he was not of the polytheists."1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 95]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 95

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Allāh has told the truth. So follow the religion of Abraham, inclining toward truth; and he was not of the polytheists."1

Transliteration

Ayah 95

Qul sadaqa Allahu faittabiAAoo millata ibraheema haneefan wama kana mina almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 95

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 صَدَقَ sadaqa (has) spoken the truth ص د ق
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 فَاتَّبِعُواْ faittabiAAoo then follow ت ب ع
5 مِلَّةَ millata (the) religion م ل ل
6 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim
7 حَنِيفًا haneefan (the) upright ح ن ف
8 وَمَا wama and not
9 كَانَ kana he was ك و ن
10 مِنَ mina of
11 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 96

إِنَّ أَوَّلَ بَيْتٍۢ وُضِعَ لِلنَّاسِ لَلَّذِى بِبَكَّةَ مُبَارَكًۭا وَهُدًۭى لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(96)

Indeed, the first House [of worship] established for mankind was that at Bakkah [i.e., Makkah] - blessed and a guidance for the worlds. [Aal-i-Imraan: 96]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 96

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, the first House [of worship] established for mankind was that at Bakkah [i.e., Makkah] - blessed and a guidance for the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 96

Inna awwala baytin wudiAAa lilnnasi lallathee bibakkata mubarakan wahudan lilAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 96

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 أَوَّلَ awwala (the) First أ و ل
3 بَيْتٍ baytin House ب ي ت
4 وُضِعَ wudiAAa set up و ض ع
5 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for the mankind ن و س
6 لَلَّذِى lallathee (is) the one which
7 بِبَكَّةَ bibakkata (is) at Bakkah
8 مُبَارَكًا mubarakan blessed ب ر ك
9 وَهُدًى wahudan and a guidance ه د ي
10 لِّلْعَالَمِينَ lilAAalameena for the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 97

فِيهِ ءَايَٰتٌۢ بَيِّنَٰتٌۭ مَّقَامُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ۖ وَمَن دَخَلَهُۥ كَانَ ءَامِنًۭا ۗ وَلِلَّهِ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ حِجُّ ٱلْبَيْتِ مَنِ ٱسْتَطَاعَ إِلَيْهِ سَبِيلًۭا ۚ وَمَن كَفَرَ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَنِىٌّ عَنِ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(97)

In it are clear signs [such as] the standing place of Abraham. And whoever enters it [i.e., the Ḥaram] shall be safe. And [due] to Allāh from the people is a pilgrimage to the House - for whoever is able to find thereto a way. But whoever disbelieves [i.e., refuses] - then indeed, Allāh is free from need of the worlds.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 97]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 97

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

In it are clear signs [such as] the standing place of Abraham. And whoever enters it [i.e., the Ḥaram] shall be safe. And [due] to Allāh from the people is a pilgrimage to the House - for whoever is able to find thereto a way. But whoever disbelieves [i.e., refuses] - then indeed, Allāh is free from need of the worlds.1

Transliteration

Ayah 97

Feehi ayatun bayyinatun maqamu ibraheema waman dakhalahu kana aminan walillahi AAala alnnasi hijju albayti mani istataAAa ilayhi sabeelan waman kafara fainna Allaha ghaniyyun AAani alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 97

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فِيهِ Feehi In it
2 اٰيَاتٌ ayatun (are) signs أ ي ي
3 بَيِّـنَاتٌ bayyinatun clear ب ي ن
4 مَّقَامُ maqamu standing place ق و م
5 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim
6 وَمَن waman and whoever
7 دَخَلَهُ dakhalahu enters it د خ ل
8 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
9 اٰمِنًا aminan safe أ م ن
10 وَلِلّٰهِ walillahi And (due) to Allah أ ل ه
11 عَلَى AAala upon
12 النَّاسِ alnnasi the mankind ن و س
13 حِجُّ hijju (is) pilgrimage ح ج ج
14 الْبَيْتِ albayti (of) the House ب ي ت
15 مَنِ mani (for one) who
16 اسْتَطَاعَ istataAAa is able ط و ع
17 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to [it]
18 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (find) a way س ب ل
19 وَمَن waman And whoever
20 كَفَرَ kafara disbelieved ك ف ر
21 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
22 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
23 غَنِىٌّ ghaniyyun (is) free from need غ ن ي
24 عَنِ AAani of
25 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the universe ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 98

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ شَهِيدٌ عَلَىٰ مَا تَعْمَلُونَ.(98)

Say, "O People of the Scripture, why do you disbelieve in the verses of Allāh while Allāh is Witness over what you do?" [Aal-i-Imraan: 98]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 98

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O People of the Scripture, why do you disbelieve in the verses of Allāh while Allāh is Witness over what you do?"

Transliteration

Ayah 98

Qul ya ahla alkitabi lima takfuroona biayati Allahi waAllahu shaheedun AAala ma taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 98

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَهْلَ yaahla O People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
4 لِمَ lima Why?
5 تَكْفُرُونَ takfuroona (do) you disbelieve ك ف ر
6 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Verses أ ي ي
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 وَاللهُ waAllahu while Allah أ ل ه
9 شَهِيدٌ shaheedun (is) a Witness ش ه د
10 عَلَىٰ AAala over
11 مَا ma what
12 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 99

قُلْ يَا أَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ لِمَ تَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ اللَّـهِ مَنْ آمَنَ تَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا وَأَنتُمْ شُهَدَاءُ ۗ وَمَا اللَّـهُ بِغَافِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ(99)

Say, "O People of the Scripture, why do you avert from the way of Allāh those who believe, seeking to make it [seem] deviant, while you are witnesses [to the truth]? And Allāh is not unaware of what you do." [Aal-i-Imraan: 99]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 99

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O People of the Scripture, why do you avert from the way of Allāh those who believe, seeking to make it [seem] deviant, while you are witnesses [to the truth]? And Allāh is not unaware of what you do."

Transliteration

Ayah 99

Qul ya ahla alkitabi lima tasuddoona AAan sabeeli Allahi man amana tabghoonaha AAiwajan waantum shuhadao wama Allahu bighafilin AAamma taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 99

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَهْلَ yaahla O People أ ه ل
3 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book! ك ت ب
4 لِمَ lima Why?
5 تَصُدُّونَ tasuddoona (do) you hinder ص د د
6 عَن AAan from
7 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
8 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
9 مَنْ man (those) who
10 اٰمَنَ amana believe[d] أ م ن
11 تَبْغُونَهَا tabghoonaha seeking (to make) it ب غ ي
12 عِوَجًا AAiwajan (seem) crooked ع و ج
13 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you
14 شُهَدَآءُ shuhadao (are) witnesses ش ه د
15 وَمَا wama And not
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 بِغَافِلٍ bighafilin (is) unaware غ ف ل
18 عَمَّا AAamma of what
19 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 100

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِن تُطِيعُوا۟ فَرِيقًۭا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَرُدُّوكُم بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِكُمْ كَٰفِرِينَ.(100)

O you who have believed, if you obey a party of those who were given the Scripture, they would turn you back, after your belief, [to being] unbelievers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 100]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 100

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, if you obey a party of those who were given the Scripture, they would turn you back, after your belief, [to being] unbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 100

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo in tuteeAAoo fareeqan mina allatheena ootoo alkitaba yaruddookum baAAda eemanikum kafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 100

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 إِن in If
5 تُطِيعُواْ tuteeAAoo you obey ط و ع
6 فَرِيقًا fareeqan a group ف ر ق
7 مِّنَ mina from
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
9 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
10 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
11 يَرُدُّوكُم yaruddookum they will turn you back ر د د
12 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
13 إِيمَانِكُمْ eemanikum your belief أ م ن
14 كَافِرِينَ kafireena (as) disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 101

وَكَيْفَ تَكْفُرُونَ وَأَنتُمْ تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتُ ٱللَّهِ وَفِيكُمْ رَسُولُهُۥ ۗ وَمَن يَعْتَصِم بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدْ هُدِىَ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍۢ مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢ.(101)

And how could you disbelieve while to you are being recited the verses of Allāh and among you is His Messenger? And whoever holds firmly to Allāh1 has [indeed] been guided to a straight path. [Aal-i-Imraan: 101]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 101

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And how could you disbelieve while to you are being recited the verses of Allāh and among you is His Messenger? And whoever holds firmly to Allāh1 has [indeed] been guided to a straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 101

Wakayfa takfuroona waantum tutla AAalaykum ayatu Allahi wafeekum rasooluhu waman yaAAtasim biAllahi faqad hudiya ila siratin mustaqeemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 101

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَيْفَ Wakayfa And how (could)? ك ي ف
2 تَكْفُرُونَ takfuroona you disbelieve ك ف ر
3 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while [you]
4 تُتْلَىٰ tutla is recited ت ل و
5 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
6 اٰيَاتُ ayatu (the) Verses أ ي ي
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 وَفِيكُمْ wafeekum and among you
9 رَسُولُهُۥ rasooluhu (is) His Messenger ر س ل
10 وَمَن waman And whoever
11 يَعْتَصِم yaAAtasim holds firmly ع ص م
12 بِاللهِ biAllahi to Allah أ ل ه
13 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
14 هُدِىَ hudiya he is guided ه د ي
15 إِلَىٰ ila to
16 صِرَاطٍ siratin a path ص ر ط
17 مُّسْتَقِيمٍ mustaqeemin straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 102

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ تُقَاتِهِۦ وَلَا تَمُوتُنَّ إِلَّا وَأَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ.(102)

O you who have believed, fear Allāh as He should be feared and do not die except as Muslims [in submission to Him]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 102]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 102

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, fear Allāh as He should be feared and do not die except as Muslims [in submission to Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 102

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo ittaqoo Allaha haqqa tuqatihi wala tamootunna illa waantum muslimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 102

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 اتَّقُواْ ittaqoo Fear و ق ي
5 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
6 حَقَّ haqqa (as is His) right ح ق ق
7 تُقَاتِهِۦ tuqatihi (that) He (should) be feared و ق ي
8 وَلَا wala and (do) not
9 تَمُوتُنَّ tamootunna die م و ت
10 إِلَّا illa except
11 وَأَنتُم waantum [while you]
12 مُّسْلِمُونَ muslimoona (as) Muslims س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 103

وَٱعْتَصِمُوا۟ بِحَبْلِ ٱللَّهِ جَمِيعًۭا وَلَا تَفَرَّقُوا۟ ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذْ كُنتُمْ أَعْدَآءًۭ فَأَلَّفَ بَيْنَ قُلُوبِكُمْ فَأَصْبَحْتُم بِنِعْمَتِهِۦٓ إِخْوَٰنًۭا وَكُنتُمْ عَلَىٰ شَفَا حُفْرَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ فَأَنقَذَكُم مِّنْهَا ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ.(103)

And hold firmly to the rope1 of Allāh all together and do not become divided. And remember the favor of Allāh upon you - when you were enemies and He brought your hearts together and you became, by His favor, brothers. And you were on the edge of a pit of the Fire, and He saved you from it. Thus does Allāh make clear to you His verses that you may be guided. [Aal-i-Imraan: 103]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 103

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And hold firmly to the rope1 of Allāh all together and do not become divided. And remember the favor of Allāh upon you - when you were enemies and He brought your hearts together and you became, by His favor, brothers. And you were on the edge of a pit of the Fire, and He saved you from it. Thus does Allāh make clear to you His verses that you may be guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 103

WaiAAtasimoo bihabli Allahi jameeAAan wala tafarraqoo waothkuroo niAAmata Allahi AAalaykum ith kuntum aAAdaan faallafa bayna quloobikum faasbahtum biniAAmatihi ikhwanan wakuntum AAala shafa hufratin mina alnnari faanqathakum minha kathalika yubayyinu Allahu lakum ayatihi laAAallakum tahtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 103

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاعْتَصِمُواْ WaiAAtasimoo And hold firmly ع ص م
2 بِحَبْلِ bihabli to (the) rope ح ب ل
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all together ج م ع
5 وَلَا wala and (do) not
6 تَفَرَّقُوٓاْ tafarraqoo be divided ف ر ق
7 وَاذْكُرُواْ waothkuroo And remember ذ ك ر
8 نِعْمَتَ niAAmata (the) Favor ن ع م
9 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum on you
11 إِذْ ith when
12 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
13 أَعْدَآءً aAAdaan enemies ع د و
14 فَأَلَّفَ faallafa then He made friendship أ ل ف
15 بَيْنَ bayna between ب ي ن
16 قُلُوبِكُمْ quloobikum your hearts ق ل ب
17 فَأَصْبَحْتُم faasbahtum then you became ص ب ح
18 بِنِعْمَتِهِۦٓ biniAAmatihi by His Favor ن ع م
19 إِخْوَانًا ikhwanan brothers أ خ و
20 وَكُنتُمْ wakuntum And you were ك و ن
21 عَلَىٰ AAala on
22 شَفَا shafa (the) brink ش ف و
23 حُفْرَةٍ hufratin (of) pit ح ف ر
24 مِّنَ mina of
25 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
26 فَأَنقَذَكُم faanqathakum then He saved you ن ق ذ
27 مِّنْهَا minha from it
28 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
29 يُبَيِّنُ yubayyinu makes clear ب ي ن
30 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
31 لَكُمْ lakum for you
32 آيَاتِهِۦ ayatihi His Verses أ ي ي
33 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
34 تَهْتَدُونَ tahtadoona (be) guided ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 104

وَلْتَكُن مِّنكُمْ أُمَّةٌۭ يَدْعُونَ إِلَى ٱلْخَيْرِ وَيَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ ۚ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ.(104)

And let there be [arising] from you a nation inviting to [all that is] good, enjoining what is right and forbidding what is wrong,1 and those will be the successful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 104]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 104

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And let there be [arising] from you a nation inviting to [all that is] good, enjoining what is right and forbidding what is wrong,1 and those will be the successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 104

Waltakun minkum ommatun yadAAoona ila alkhayri wayamuroona bialmaAAroofi wayanhawna AAani almunkari waolaika humu almuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 104

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلْتَكُن Waltakun And let there be ك و ن
2 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you
3 أُمَّةٌ ommatun [a] people أ م م
4 يَدْعُونَ yadAAoona inviting د ع و
5 إِلَى ila to
6 الْخَيْرِ alkhayri the good خ ي ر
7 وَيَأْمُرُونَ wayamuroona [and] enjoining أ م ر
8 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi the right ع ر ف
9 وَيَنْهَوْنَ wayanhawna and forbidding ن ه ي
10 عَنِ AAani from
11 الْمُنكَرِ almunkari the wrong ن ك ر
12 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika and those
13 هُمُ humu they
14 الْمُفْلِحُونَ almuflihoona (are) the successful ones ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 105

وَلَا تَكُونُوا۟ كَٱلَّذِينَ تَفَرَّقُوا۟ وَٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ ۚ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌۭ.(105)

And do not be like the ones who became divided and differed after the clear proofs had come to them. And those will have a great punishment [Aal-i-Imraan: 105]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 105

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not be like the ones who became divided and differed after the clear proofs had come to them. And those will have a great punishment

Transliteration

Ayah 105

Wala takoonoo kaallatheena tafarraqoo waikhtalafoo min baAAdi ma jaahumu albayyinatu waolaika lahum AAathabun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 105

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَكُونُواْ takoonoo be ك و ن
3 كَالَّذِينَ kaallatheena like those who
4 تَفَرَّقُوٓاْ tafarraqoo became divided ف ر ق
5 وَاخْتَلَفُواْ waikhtalafoo and differed خ ل ف
6 مِن min from
7 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
8 مَا ma what
9 جَآءَهُمُ jaahumu came to them ج ي أ
10 الْبَيِّنَاتُ albayyinatu the clear proofs ب ي ن
11 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika And those
12 لَهُمْ lahum for them
13 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
14 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 106

يَوْمَ تَبْيَضُّ وُجُوهٌۭ وَتَسْوَدُّ وُجُوهٌۭ ۚ فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْوَدَّتْ وُجُوهُهُمْ أَكَفَرْتُم بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِكُمْ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ.(106)

On the Day [some] faces will turn white and [some] faces will turn black. As for those whose faces turn black, [to them it will be said], "Did you disbelieve [i.e., reject faith] after your belief? Then taste the punishment for what you used to reject." [Aal-i-Imraan: 106]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 106

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

On the Day [some] faces will turn white and [some] faces will turn black. As for those whose faces turn black, [to them it will be said], "Did you disbelieve [i.e., reject faith] after your belief? Then taste the punishment for what you used to reject."

Transliteration

Ayah 106

Yawma tabyaddu wujoohun wataswaddu wujoohun faamma allatheena iswaddat wujoohuhum akafartum baAAda eemanikum fathooqoo alAAathaba bima kuntum takfuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 106

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَوْمَ Yawma (On the) Day ي و م
2 تَبْيَضُّ tabyaddu would become white ب ي ض
3 وُجُوهٌ wujoohun (some) faces و ج ه
4 وَتَسْوَدُّ wataswaddu and would become black س و د
5 وُجُوهٌ wujoohun (some) faces و ج ه
6 فَأَمَّا faamma As for
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whose
8 اسْوَدَّتْ iswaddat turn black س و د
9 وُجُوهُهُمْ wujoohuhum [their] faces و ج ه
10 أَكْفَرْتُم akafartum Did you disbelieve? ك ف ر
11 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
12 إِيمَانِكُمْ eemanikum your belief أ م ن
13 فَذُوقُواْ fathooqoo Then taste ذ و ق
14 الْعَذَابَ alAAathaba the punishment ع ذ ب
15 بِمَا bima for what
16 كُنْتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
17 تَكْفُرُونَ takfuroona disbelieve ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 107

وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ٱبْيَضَّتْ وُجُوهُهُمْ فَفِى رَحْمَةِ ٱللَّهِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ.(107)

But as for those whose faces turn white, [they will be] within the mercy of Allāh. They will abide therein eternally. [Aal-i-Imraan: 107]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 107

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But as for those whose faces turn white, [they will be] within the mercy of Allāh. They will abide therein eternally.

Transliteration

Ayah 107

Waamma allatheena ibyaddat wujoohuhum fafee rahmati Allahi hum feeha khalidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 107

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَمَّا Waamma But as for
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whose
3 ابْيَضَّتْ ibyaddat turn white ب ي ض
4 وُجُوهُهُمْ wujoohuhum [their] faces و ج ه
5 فَفِى fafee then (they will be) in
6 رَحْمَةِ rahmati (the) Mercy ر ح م
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 هُمْ hum they
9 فِيهَا feeha in it
10 خَالِدُونَ khalidoona (will) abide forever خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 108

تِلْكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱللَّهِ نَتْلُوهَا عَلَيْكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۗ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ يُرِيدُ ظُلْمًۭا لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(108)

These are the verses of Allāh. We recite them to you, [O Muḥammad], in truth; and Allāh wants no injustice to the worlds [i.e., His creatures]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 108]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 108

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

These are the verses of Allāh. We recite them to you, [O Muḥammad], in truth; and Allāh wants no injustice to the worlds [i.e., His creatures].

Transliteration

Ayah 108

Tilka ayatu Allahi natlooha AAalayka bialhaqqi wama Allahu yureedu thulman lilAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 108

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 تِلْكَ Tilka These
2 اٰيَاتُ ayatu (are the) Verses أ ي ي
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 نَتْلُوهَا natlooha We recite them ت ل و
5 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
6 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in truth ح ق ق
7 وَمَا wama And not
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 يُرِيدُ yureedu wants ر و د
10 ظُلْمًا thulman injustice ظ ل م
11 لِّلْعَالَمِينَ lilAAalameena to the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 109

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ تُرْجَعُ ٱلْأُمُورُ.(109)

To Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And to Allāh will [all] matters be returned. [Aal-i-Imraan: 109]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 109

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

To Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. And to Allāh will [all] matters be returned.

Transliteration

Ayah 109

Walillahi ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi waila Allahi turjaAAu alomooru

Word-by-word

Ayah 109

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And to Allah (belongs) أ ل ه
2 مَا ma whatever
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَمَا wama and whatever
6 فِى fee (is) in
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
8 وَإِلَى waila And to
9 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
10 تُرْجَعُ turjaAAu will be returned ر ج ع
11 الْأُمُورُ alomooru the matters أ م ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 110

كُنتُمْ خَيْرَ أُمَّةٍ أُخْرِجَتْ لِلنَّاسِ تَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَتَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَتُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ ۗ وَلَوْ ءَامَنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَكَانَ خَيْرًۭا لَّهُم ۚ مِّنْهُمُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ وَأَكْثَرُهُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ.(110)

You are the best nation produced [as an example] for mankind. You enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and believe in Allāh. If only the People of the Scripture had believed, it would have been better for them. Among them are believers, but most of them are defiantly disobedient. [Aal-i-Imraan: 110]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 110

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

You are the best nation produced [as an example] for mankind. You enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and believe in Allāh. If only the People of the Scripture had believed, it would have been better for them. Among them are believers, but most of them are defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 110

Kuntum khayra ommatin okhrijat lilnnasi tamuroona bialmaAAroofi watanhawna AAani almunkari watuminoona biAllahi walaw amana ahlu alkitabi lakana khayran lahum minhumu almuminoona waaktharuhumu alfasiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 110

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كُنتُمْ Kuntum You are ك و ن
2 خَيْرَ khayra (the) best خ ي ر
3 أُمَّةٍ ommatin (of) people أ م م
4 أُخْرِجَتْ okhrijat raised خ ر ج
5 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for the mankind ن و س
6 تَأْمُرُونَ tamuroona enjoining أ م ر
7 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi the right ع ر ف
8 وَتَنْهَوْنَ watanhawna and forbidding ن ه ي
9 عَنِ AAani [from]
10 الْمُنكَرِ almunkari the wrong ن ك ر
11 وَتُؤْمِنُونَ watuminoona and believing أ م ن
12 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
13 وَلَوْ walaw And if
14 اٰمَنَ amana believed أ م ن
15 أَهْلُ ahlu (the) People أ ه ل
16 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
17 لَكَانَ lakana surely would have been ك و ن
18 خَيْرًا khayran good خ ي ر
19 لَّهُم lahum for them
20 مِّنْهُمُ minhumu Among them
21 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona (are) [the] believers أ م ن
22 وَأَكْثَرُهُمُ waaktharuhumu but most of them ك ث ر
23 الْفَاسِقُونَ alfasiqoona (are) defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 111

لَن يَضُرُّوكُمْ إِلَّآ أَذًۭى ۖ وَإِن يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ يُوَلُّوكُمُ ٱلْأَدْبَارَ ثُمَّ لَا يُنصَرُونَ.(111)

They will not harm you except for [some] annoyance. And if they fight you, they will show you their backs [i.e., retreat]; then they will not be aided. [Aal-i-Imraan: 111]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 111

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They will not harm you except for [some] annoyance. And if they fight you, they will show you their backs [i.e., retreat]; then they will not be aided.

Transliteration

Ayah 111

Lan yadurrookum illa athan wain yuqatilookum yuwallookumu aladbara thumma la yunsaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 111

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَن Lan Never
2 يَضُرُّوكُمْ yadurrookum will they harm you ض ر ر
3 إِلَّآ illa except
4 أَذًى athan a hurt أ ذ ي
5 وَإِن wain And if
6 يُقَاتِلُوكُمْ yuqatilookum they fight you ق ت ل
7 يُوَلُّوكُمُ yuwallookumu they will turn (towards) you و ل ي
8 الْأَدُبَارَ aladbara the backs د ب ر
9 ثُمَّ thumma then
10 لَا la not
11 يُنصَرُونَ yunsaroona they will be helped ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 112

ضُرِبَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلذِّلَّةُ أَيْنَ مَا ثُقِفُوٓا۟ إِلَّا بِحَبْلٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَحَبْلٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَبَآءُو بِغَضَبٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَضُرِبَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَسْكَنَةُ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلْأَنۢبِيَآءَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّۢ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا عَصَوا۟ وَّكَانُوا۟ يَعْتَدُونَ.(112)

They have been put under humiliation [by Allāh] wherever they are overtaken, except for a rope [i.e., covenant] from Allāh and a rope [i.e., treaty] from the people [i.e., the Muslims].1 And they have drawn upon themselves anger from Allāh and have been put under destitution. That is because they disbelieved in [i.e., rejected] the verses of Allāh and killed the prophets without right. That is because they disobeyed and [habitually] transgressed. [Aal-i-Imraan: 112]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 112

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They have been put under humiliation [by Allāh] wherever they are overtaken, except for a rope [i.e., covenant] from Allāh and a rope [i.e., treaty] from the people [i.e., the Muslims].1 And they have drawn upon themselves anger from Allāh and have been put under destitution. That is because they disbelieved in [i.e., rejected] the verses of Allāh and killed the prophets without right. That is because they disobeyed and [habitually] transgressed.

Transliteration

Ayah 112

Duribat AAalayhimu alththillatu ayna ma thuqifoo illa bihablin mina Allahi wahablin mina alnnasi wabaoo bighadabin mina Allahi waduribat AAalayhimu almaskanatu thalika biannahum kanoo yakfuroona biayati Allahi wayaqtuloona alanbiyaa bighayri haqqin thalika bima AAasaw wakanoo yaAAtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 112

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ضُرِبَتْ Duribat Struck ض ر ب
2 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu on them
3 الذِّلَّةُ alththillatu the humiliation ذ ل ل
4 أَيْنَ ayna wherever
5 مَا ma that
6 ثُقِفُوٓاْ thuqifoo they are found ث ق ف
7 إِلَّا illa except
8 بِحَبْلٍ bihablin with a rope ح ب ل
9 مِّنْ mina from
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 وَحَبْلٍ wahablin and a rope ح ب ل
12 مِّنَ mina from
13 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
14 وَبَآءُو wabaoo And they incurred ب و أ
15 بِغَضَبٍ bighadabin wrath غ ض ب
16 مِّنَ mina from
17 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
18 وَضُرِبَتْ waduribat and struck ض ر ب
19 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu on them
20 الْمَسْكَنَةُ almaskanatu the poverty س ك ن
21 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
22 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because
23 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
24 يَكْفُرُونَ yakfuroona disbelieve ك ف ر
25 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Verses أ ي ي
26 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
27 وَيَقْتُلُونَ wayaqtuloona and they killed ق ت ل
28 الْأَنۢبِيَآءَ alanbiyaa the Prophets ن ب أ
29 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
30 حَقٍّ haqqin right ح ق ق
31 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
32 بِمَا bima (is) because
33 عَصَوا AAasaw they disobeyed ع ص ي
34 وَّكَانُواْ wakanoo and they used to ك و ن
35 يَعْتَدُونَ yaAAtadoona transgress ع د و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 113

لَيْسُوا۟ سَوَآءًۭ ۗ مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أُمَّةٌۭ قَآئِمَةٌۭ يَتْلُونَ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ءَانَآءَ ٱلَّيْلِ وَهُمْ يَسْجُدُونَ.(113)

They are not [all] the same; among the People of the Scripture is a community1 standing [in obedience], reciting the verses of Allāh during periods of the night and prostrating [in prayer]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 113]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 113

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They are not [all] the same; among the People of the Scripture is a community1 standing [in obedience], reciting the verses of Allāh during periods of the night and prostrating [in prayer].

Transliteration

Ayah 113

Laysoo sawaan min ahli alkitabi ommatun qaimatun yatloona ayati Allahi anaa allayli wahum yasjudoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 113

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَيْسُواْ Laysoo They are not ل ي س
2 سَوَآءً sawaan (the) same س و ي
3 مِّنْ min among
4 أَهْلِ ahli (the) People أ ه ل
5 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
6 أُمَّةٌ ommatun (is) a community أ م م
7 قَآئِمَةٌ qaimatun standing ق و م
8 يَتْلُونَ yatloona (and) reciting ت ل و
9 اٰيَاتِ ayati (the) Verses أ ي ي
10 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 اٰنَآءَ anaa (in the) hours أ ن ي
12 الَّيْلِ allayli (of) the night ل ي ل
13 وَهُمْ wahum and they
14 يَسْجُدُونَ yasjudoona prostrate س ج د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 114

يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْآخِرِ وَيَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ.(114)

They believe in Allāh and the Last Day, and they enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and hasten to good deeds. And those are among the righteous. [Aal-i-Imraan: 114]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 114

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They believe in Allāh and the Last Day, and they enjoin what is right and forbid what is wrong and hasten to good deeds. And those are among the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 114

Yuminoona biAllahi waalyawmi alakhiri wayamuroona bialmaAAroofi wayanhawna AAani almunkari wayusariAAoona fee alkhayrati waolaika mina alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 114

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُؤْمِنُونَ Yuminoona They believe أ م ن
2 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
3 وَالْيَوْمِ waalyawmi and the Day ي و م
4 الاٰخِرِ alakhiri the Last أ خ ر
5 وَيَأْمُرُونَ wayamuroona and they enjoin أ م ر
6 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi [with] the right ع ر ف
7 وَيَنْهَوْنَ wayanhawna and forbid ن ه ي
8 عَنِ AAani [from]
9 الْمُنكَرِ almunkari the wrong ن ك ر
10 وَيُسَارِعُونَ wayusariAAoona and they hasten س ر ع
11 فِى fee in
12 الْخَيْرَاتِ alkhayrati the good deeds خ ي ر
13 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika And those
14 مِنَ mina (are) from
15 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 115

وَمَا يَفْعَلُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍۢ فَلَن يُكْفَرُوهُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلْمُتَّقِينَ.(115)

And whatever good they do - never will it be denied them. And Allāh is Knowing of the righteous. [Aal-i-Imraan: 115]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 115

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whatever good they do - never will it be denied them. And Allāh is Knowing of the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 115

Wama yafAAaloo min khayrin falan yukfaroohu waAllahu AAaleemun bialmuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 115

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And whatever
2 يَفْعَلُواْ yafAAaloo they do ف ع ل
3 مِنْ min of
4 خَيْرٍ khayrin a good خ ي ر
5 فَلَن falan then never
6 يُكْفَرُوْهُ yukfaroohu will they be denied it ك ف ر
7 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
8 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م
9 بِالْمُتَّقِينَ bialmuttaqeena of the God-fearing و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 116

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَن تُغْنِىَ عَنْهُمْ أَمْوَٰلُهُمْ وَلَآ أَوْلَٰدُهُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًۭٔا ۖ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ ۚ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ.(116)

Indeed, those who disbelieve - never will their wealth or their children avail them against Allāh at all, and those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally. [Aal-i-Imraan: 116]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 116

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who disbelieve - never will their wealth or their children avail them against Allāh at all, and those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally.

Transliteration

Ayah 116

Inna allatheena kafaroo lan tughniya AAanhum amwaluhum wala awladuhum mina Allahi shayan waolaika ashabu alnnari hum feeha khalidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 116

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
4 لَن lan never
5 تُغْنِىَ tughniya will avail غ ن ي
6 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum [for] them
7 أَمْوَالُهُمْ amwaluhum their wealth م و ل
8 وَلَآ wala and not
9 أَوْلَادُهُم awladuhum their children و ل د
10 مِّنَ mina against
11 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
12 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
13 وَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ waolaika and those
14 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (are the) companions ص ح ب
15 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر
16 هُمْ hum they
17 فِيهَا feeha in it
18 خَالِدُونَ khalidoona (will) abide forever خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 117

مَثَلُ مَا يُنفِقُونَ فِى هَٰذِهِ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا كَمَثَلِ رِيحٍۢ فِيهَا صِرٌّ أَصَابَتْ حَرْثَ قَوْمٍۢ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَأَهْلَكَتْهُ ۚ وَمَا ظَلَمَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَٰكِنْ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ.(117)

The example of what they spend in this worldly life is like that of a wind containing frost which strikes the harvest of a people who have wronged themselves [i.e., sinned] and destroys it. And Allāh has not wronged them, but they wrong themselves. [Aal-i-Imraan: 117]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 117

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The example of what they spend in this worldly life is like that of a wind containing frost which strikes the harvest of a people who have wronged themselves [i.e., sinned] and destroys it. And Allāh has not wronged them, but they wrong themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 117

Mathalu ma yunfiqoona fee hathihi alhayati alddunya kamathali reehin feeha sirrun asabat hartha qawmin thalamoo anfusahum faahlakathu wama thalamahumu Allahu walakin anfusahum yathlimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 117

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَثَلُ Mathalu Example م ث ل
2 مَا ma (of) what
3 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona they spend ن ف ق
4 فِى fee in
5 هَٰذِهِ hathihi this
6 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati [the] life ح ي ي
7 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
8 كَمَثَلِ kamathali (is) like (the) example م ث ل
9 رِيحٍ reehin (of) a wind ر و ح
10 فِيهَا feeha in it
11 صِرٌّ sirrun (is) frost ص ر ر
12 أَصَابَتْ asabat it struck ص و ب
13 حَرْثَ hartha (the) harvest ح ر ث
14 قَوْمٍ qawmin (of) a people ق و م
15 ظَلَمُوٓاْ thalamoo who wronged ظ ل م
16 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
17 فَأَهْلَكَتْهُ faahlakathu then destroyed it ه ل ك
18 وَمَا wama And not
19 ظَلَمَهُمُ thalamahumu (has) wronged them ظ ل م
20 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
21 وَلَٰكِنْ walakin [and] but
22 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
23 يَظْلِمُونَ yathlimoona they wronged ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 118

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ بِطَانَةًۭ مِّن دُونِكُمْ لَا يَأْلُونَكُمْ خَبَالًۭا وَدُّوا۟ مَا عَنِتُّمْ قَدْ بَدَتِ ٱلْبَغْضَآءُ مِنْ أَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَمَا تُخْفِى صُدُورُهُمْ أَكْبَرُ ۚ قَدْ بَيَّنَّا لَكُمُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ.(118)

O you who have believed, do not take as intimates those other than yourselves [i.e., believers], for they will not spare you [any] ruin. They wish you would have hardship. Hatred has already appeared from their mouths, and what their breasts conceal is greater. We have certainly made clear to you the signs, if you will use reason. [Aal-i-Imraan: 118]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 118

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not take as intimates those other than yourselves [i.e., believers], for they will not spare you [any] ruin. They wish you would have hardship. Hatred has already appeared from their mouths, and what their breasts conceal is greater. We have certainly made clear to you the signs, if you will use reason.

Transliteration

Ayah 118

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la tattakhithoo bitanatan min doonikum la yaloonakum khabalan waddoo ma AAanittum qad badati albaghdao min afwahihim wama tukhfee sudooruhum akbaru qad bayyanna lakumu alayati in kuntum taAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 118

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not
5 تَتَّخِذُواْ tattakhithoo take أ خ ذ
6 بِطَانَةً bitanatan (as) intimates ب ط ن
7 مِّن min from
8 دُونِكُمْ doonikum other than yourselves د و ن
9 لَا la not
10 يَأْلُونَكُمْ yaloonakum they will spare you أ ل و
11 خَبَالًا khabalan (any) ruin خ ب ل
12 وَدُّواْ waddoo They wish و د د
13 مَا ma what
14 عَنِتُّمْ AAanittum distresses you ع ن ت
15 قَدْ qad Indeed
16 بَدَتِ badati (has become) apparent ب د و
17 الْبَغْضَآءُ albaghdao the hatred ب غ ض
18 مِنْ min from
19 أَفْوَاهِهِمْ afwahihim their mouths ف و ه
20 وَمَا wama and what
21 تُخْفِى tukhfee conceals خ ف ي
22 صُدُورُهُمْ sudooruhum their breasts ص د ر
23 أَكْبَرُ akbaru (is) greater ك ب ر
24 قَدْ qad Certainly
25 بَيَّنَّا bayyanna We made clear ب ي ن
26 لَكُمُ lakumu for you
27 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Verses أ ي ي
28 إِن in if
29 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
30 تَعْقِلُونَ taAAqiloona (to use) reason ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 119

هَٰٓأَنتُمْ أُو۟لَآءِ تُحِبُّونَهُمْ وَلَا يُحِبُّونَكُمْ وَتُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْكِتَٰبِ كُلِّهِۦ وَإِذَا لَقُوكُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَإِذَا خَلَوْا۟ عَضُّوا۟ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْأَنَامِلَ مِنَ ٱلْغَيْظِ ۚ قُلْ مُوتُوا۟ بِغَيْظِكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ.(119)

Here you are loving them but they are not loving you, while you believe in the Scripture - all of it.1 And when they meet you, they say, "We believe." But when they are alone, they bite their fingertips at you in rage. Say, "Die in your rage. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing of that within the breasts." [Aal-i-Imraan: 119]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 119

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Here you are loving them but they are not loving you, while you believe in the Scripture - all of it.1 And when they meet you, they say, "We believe." But when they are alone, they bite their fingertips at you in rage. Say, "Die in your rage. Indeed, Allāh is Knowing of that within the breasts."

Transliteration

Ayah 119

Haantum olai tuhibboonahum wala yuhibboonakum watuminoona bialkitabi kullihi waitha laqookum qaloo amanna waitha khalaw AAaddoo AAalaykumu alanamila mina alghaythi qul mootoo bighaythikum inna Allaha AAaleemun bithati alssudoori

Word-by-word

Ayah 119

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هَٰٓأَنتُمْ Haantum Lo! You are
2 أُوْلَآءِ olai those
3 تُحِبُّونَهُمْ tuhibboonahum you love them ح ب ب
4 وَلَا wala but not
5 يُحِبُّونَكُمْ yuhibboonakum they love you ح ب ب
6 وَتُؤْمِنُونَ watuminoona and you believe أ م ن
7 بِالْكِتَابِ bialkitabi in the Book ك ت ب
8 كُلِّهِۦ kullihi all of it ك ل ل
9 وَإِذَا waitha And when
10 لَقُوكُمْ laqookum they meet you ل ق ي
11 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they say ق و ل
12 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believe أ م ن
13 وَإِذَا waitha And when
14 خَلَوْاْ khalaw they are alone خ ل و
15 عَضُّواْ AAaddoo they bite ع ض ض
16 عَلَيْكُمُ AAalaykumu at you
17 الْأَنَامِلَ alanamila the finger tips ن م ل
18 مِنَ mina (out) of
19 الْغَيْظِ alghaythi [the] rage غ ي ظ
20 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
21 مُوتُواْ mootoo Die م و ت
22 بِغَيْظِكُمْ bighaythikum in your rage غ ي ظ
23 إِنَّ inna Indeed
24 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
25 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Knowing ع ل م
26 بِذَاتِ bithati of what
27 الصُّدُورِ alssudoori (is in) the breasts ص د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 120

إِن تَمْسَسْكُمْ حَسَنَةٌۭ تَسُؤْهُمْ وَإِن تُصِبْكُمْ سَيِّئَةٌۭ يَفْرَحُوا۟ بِهَا ۖ وَإِن تَصْبِرُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ لَا يَضُرُّكُمْ كَيْدُهُمْ شَيْـًٔا ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ مُحِيطٌۭ.(120)

If good touches you, it distresses them; but if harm strikes you, they rejoice at it. And if you are patient and fear Allāh, their plot will not harm you at all. Indeed, Allāh is encompassing of what they do. [Aal-i-Imraan: 120]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 120

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If good touches you, it distresses them; but if harm strikes you, they rejoice at it. And if you are patient and fear Allāh, their plot will not harm you at all. Indeed, Allāh is encompassing of what they do.

Transliteration

Ayah 120

In tamsaskum hasanatun tasuhum wain tusibkum sayyiatun yafrahoo biha wain tasbiroo watattaqoo la yadurrukum kayduhum shayan inna Allaha bima yaAAmaloona muheetun

Word-by-word

Ayah 120

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If
2 تَمْسَسْكُمْ tamsaskum touches you م س س
3 حَسَنَةٌ hasanatun a good ح س ن
4 تَسُؤْهُمْ tasuhum it grieves them س و أ
5 وَإِن wain and if
6 تُصِبْكُمْ tusibkum strikes you ص و ب
7 سَيِّئَةٌ sayyiatun misfortune س و أ
8 يَفْرَحُواْ yafrahoo they rejoice ف ر ح
9 بِهَا biha at it
10 وَإِن wain And if
11 تَصْبِرُواْ tasbiroo you are patient ص ب ر
12 وَتَتَّقُواْ watattaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
13 لَا la not
14 يَضُرُّكُمْ yadurrukum will harm you ض ر ر
15 كَيْدُهُمْ kayduhum their plot ك ي د
16 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
17 إِنَّ inna Indeed
18 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
19 بِمَا bima of what
20 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona they do ع م ل
21 مُحِيطٌ muheetun (is) All-Encompassing ح و ط

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 121

وَإِذْ غَدَوْتَ مِنْ أَهْلِكَ تُبَوِّئُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ مَقَٰعِدَ لِلْقِتَالِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ.(121)

And [remember] when you, [O Muḥammad], left your family in the morning to post the believers at their stations for the battle [of Uḥud] - and Allāh is Hearing and Knowing - [Aal-i-Imraan: 121]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 121

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [remember] when you, [O Muḥammad], left your family in the morning to post the believers at their stations for the battle [of Uḥud] - and Allāh is Hearing and Knowing -

Transliteration

Ayah 121

Waith ghadawta min ahlika tubawwio almumineena maqaAAida lilqitali waAllahu sameeAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 121

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 غَدَوْتَ ghadawta you left early morning غ د و
3 مِنْ min from
4 أَهْلِكَ ahlika your household أ ه ل
5 تُبَوِّئُ tubawwio to post ب و أ
6 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
7 مَقَاعِدَ maqaAAida (to take) positions ق ع د
8 لِلْقِتَالِ lilqitali for the battle ق ت ل
9 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
10 سَمِيعٌ sameeAAun (is) All-Hearing س م ع
11 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 122

إِذْ هَمَّت طَّآئِفَتَانِ مِنكُمْ أَن تَفْشَلَا وَٱللَّهُ وَلِيُّهُمَا ۗ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ.(122)

When two parties among you were about to lose courage, but Allāh was their ally; and upon Allāh the believers should rely. [Aal-i-Imraan: 122]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 122

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

When two parties among you were about to lose courage, but Allāh was their ally; and upon Allāh the believers should rely.

Transliteration

Ayah 122

Ith hammat taifatani minkum an tafshala waAllahu waliyyuhuma waAAala Allahi falyatawakkali almuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 122

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When
2 هَمَّت hammat inclined ه م م
3 طَّآئِفَتَانِ taifatani two parties ط و ف
4 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
5 أَن an that
6 تَفْشَلَا tafshala they lost heart ف ش ل
7 وَاللهُ waAllahu but Allah أ ل ه
8 وَلِيُّهُمَا waliyyuhuma (was) their protector و ل ي
9 وَعَلَى waAAala And on
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ falyatawakkali let put (their) trust و ك ل
12 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 123

وَلَقَدْ نَصَرَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِبَدْرٍۢ وَأَنتُمْ أَذِلَّةٌۭ ۖ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ.(123)

And already had Allāh given you victory at [the battle of] Badr while you were weak [i.e., few in number]. Then fear Allāh; perhaps you will be grateful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 123]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 123

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And already had Allāh given you victory at [the battle of] Badr while you were weak [i.e., few in number]. Then fear Allāh; perhaps you will be grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 123

Walaqad nasarakumu Allahu bibadrin waantum athillatun faittaqoo Allaha laAAallakum tashkuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 123

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 نَصَرَكُمُ nasarakumu helped you ن ص ر
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 بِبَدْرٍ bibadrin in Badr
5 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you (were)
6 أَذِلَّةٌ athillatun weak ذ ل ل
7 فَاتَّقُواْ faittaqoo So fear و ق ي
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
10 تَشْكُرُونَ tashkuroona (be) grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 124

إِذْ تَقُولُ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَلَن يَكْفِيَكُمْ أَن يُمِدَّكُمْ رَبُّكُم بِثَلَٰثَةِ ءَالَٰفٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ مُنزَلِينَ.(124)

[Remember] when you said to the believers, "Is it not sufficient for you that your Lord should reinforce you with three thousand angels sent down? [Aal-i-Imraan: 124]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 124

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Remember] when you said to the believers, "Is it not sufficient for you that your Lord should reinforce you with three thousand angels sent down?

Transliteration

Ayah 124

Ith taqoolu lilmumineena alan yakfiyakum an yumiddakum rabbukum bithalathati alafin mina almalaikati munzaleena

Word-by-word

Ayah 124

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When
2 تَقُولُ taqoolu you said ق و ل
3 لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ lilmumineena to the believers أ م ن
4 أَلَن alan Is it not?
5 يَكْفِيَكُمْ yakfiyakum enough for you ك ف ي
6 أَن an that
7 يُمِدَّكُمْ yumiddakum reinforces you م د د
8 رَبُّكُم rabbukum your Lord ر ب ب
9 بِثَلَاثَةِ bithalathati with three ث ل ث
10 اٰلَافٍۢ alafin thousand[s] أ ل ف
11 مِّنَ mina [of]
12 الْمَلَآئِكَةِ almalaikati [the] Angels م ل ك
13 مُنزَلِينَ munzaleena [the ones] sent down ن ز ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 125

بَلَىٰٓ ۚ إِن تَصْبِرُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ وَيَأْتُوكُم مِّن فَوْرِهِمْ هَٰذَا يُمْدِدْكُمْ رَبُّكُم بِخَمْسَةِ ءَالَٰفٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ مُسَوِّمِينَ.(125)

Yes, if you remain patient and conscious of Allāh and they [i.e., the enemy] come upon you [attacking] in rage, your Lord will reinforce you with five thousand angels having marks [of distinction]." [Aal-i-Imraan: 125]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 125

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Yes, if you remain patient and conscious of Allāh and they [i.e., the enemy] come upon you [attacking] in rage, your Lord will reinforce you with five thousand angels having marks [of distinction]."

Transliteration

Ayah 125

Bala in tasbiroo watattaqoo wayatookum min fawrihim hatha yumdidkum rabbukum bikhamsati alafin mina almalaikati musawwimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 125

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَلَىٰٓ Bala Yes
2 إِن in if
3 تَصْبِرُواْ tasbiroo you are patient ص ب ر
4 وَتَتَّقُواْ watattaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
5 وَيَأْتُوكُم wayatookum and they come upon you أ ت ي
6 مِّن min [of]
7 فَوْرِهِمْ fawrihim suddenly ف و ر
8 هَٰذَا hatha [this]
9 يُمْدِدْكُمْ yumdidkum will reinforce you م د د
10 رَبُّكُم rabbukum your Lord ر ب ب
11 بِخَمْسَةِ bikhamsati with five خ م س
12 اٰلَافٍۢ alafin thousand[s] أ ل ف
13 مِّنَ mina [of]
14 الْمَلَآئِكَةِ almalaikati [the] Angels م ل ك
15 مُسَوِّمِينَ musawwimeena [the ones] having marks س و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 126

وَمَا جَعَلَهُ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بُشْرَىٰ لَكُمْ وَلِتَطْمَئِنَّ قُلُوبُكُم بِهِۦ ۗ وَمَا ٱلنَّصْرُ إِلَّا مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ.(126)

And Allāh made it not except as [a sign of] good tidings for you and to reassure your hearts thereby. And victory is not except from Allāh, the Exalted in Might, the Wise - [Aal-i-Imraan: 126]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 126

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Allāh made it not except as [a sign of] good tidings for you and to reassure your hearts thereby. And victory is not except from Allāh, the Exalted in Might, the Wise -

Transliteration

Ayah 126

Wama jaAAalahu Allahu illa bushra lakum walitatmainna quloobukum bihi wama alnnasru illa min AAindi Allahi alAAazeezi alhakeemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 126

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 جَعَلَهُ jaAAalahu made it ج ع ل
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 بُشْرَى bushra (as) good news ب ش ر
6 لَكُمْ lakum for you
7 وَلِتَطْمَئِنَّ walitatmainna and to reassure ط م ن
8 قُلُوبُكُم quloobukum your hearts ق ل ب
9 بِهِۦ bihi with it
10 وَمَا wama And (there is) no
11 النَّصْرُ alnnasru [the] victory ن ص ر
12 إِلَّا illa except
13 مِنْ min from
14 عِندِ AAindi [near] ع ن د
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 الْعَزِيزِ alAAazeezi the All-Mighty ع ز ز
17 الْحَكِيمِ alhakeemi the All-Wise ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 127

لِيَقْطَعَ طَرَفًۭا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَوْ يَكْبِتَهُمْ فَيَنقَلِبُوا۟ خَآئِبِينَ.(127)

That He might cut down a section of the disbelievers or suppress them so that they turn back disappointed. [Aal-i-Imraan: 127]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 127

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That He might cut down a section of the disbelievers or suppress them so that they turn back disappointed.

Transliteration

Ayah 127

LiyaqtaAAa tarafan mina allatheena kafaroo aw yakbitahum fayanqaliboo khaibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 127

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لِيَقْطَعَ LiyaqtaAAa That He may cut off ق ط ع
2 طَرَفًا tarafan a part ط ر ف
3 مِّنَ mina of
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 كَفَرُوٓا kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
6 أَوْ aw or
7 يَكْبِتَهُمْ yakbitahum suppress them ك ب ت
8 فَيَنقَلِبُواْ fayanqaliboo so (that) they turn back ق ل ب
9 خَآئِبِينَ khaibeena disappointed خ ي ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 128

لَيْسَ لَكَ مِنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ شَىْءٌ أَوْ يَتُوبَ عَلَيْهِمْ أَوْ يُعَذِّبَهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ ظَٰلِمُونَ.(128)

Not for you, [O Muḥammad, but for Allāh], is the decision whether He should [cut them down] or forgive them or punish them, for indeed, they are wrongdoers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 128]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 128

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Not for you, [O Muḥammad, but for Allāh], is the decision whether He should [cut them down] or forgive them or punish them, for indeed, they are wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 128

Laysa laka mina alamri shayon aw yatooba AAalayhim aw yuAAaththibahum fainnahum thalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 128

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَيْسَ Laysa Not ل ي س
2 لَكَ laka for you
3 مِنَ mina of
4 الْأَمْرِ alamri the decision أ م ر
5 شَىْءٌ shayon (of) anything ش ي أ
6 أَوْ aw whether
7 يَتُوبَ yatooba He turns ت و ب
8 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them
9 أَوْ aw or
10 يُعَذِّبَهُمْ yuAAaththibahum punishes them ع ذ ب
11 فَإِنَّهُمْ fainnahum for indeed they
12 ظَالِمُونَ thalimoona (are) wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 129

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ يَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(129)

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. He forgives whom He wills and punishes whom He wills. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 129]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 129

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is on the earth. He forgives whom He wills and punishes whom He wills. And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 129

Walillahi ma fee alssamawati wama fee alardi yaghfiru liman yashao wayuAAaththibu man yashao waAllahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 129

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And to Allah (belongs) أ ل ه
2 مَا ma what
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَمَا wama and what
6 فِى fee (is) in
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
8 يَغْفِرُ yaghfiru He forgives غ ف ر
9 لِمَن liman [for] whom
10 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
11 وَيُعَذِّبُ wayuAAaththibu and punishes ع ذ ب
12 مَن man whom
13 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
14 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
15 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
16 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 130

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَأْكُلُوا۟ ٱلرِّبَوٰٓا۟ أَضْعَٰفًۭا مُّضَٰعَفَةًۭ ۖ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ.(130)

O you who have believed, do not consume usury, doubled and multiplied, but fear Allāh that you may be successful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 130]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 130

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not consume usury, doubled and multiplied, but fear Allāh that you may be successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 130

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la takuloo alrriba adAAafan mudaAAafatan waittaqoo Allaha laAAallakum tuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 130

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not
5 تَأْكُلُواْ takuloo eat أ ك ل
6 الرِّبَوٰٓا۟ alrriba the usury ر ب و
7 أَضْعَافًا adAAafan doubled ض ع ف
8 مُّضَاعَفَةً mudaAAafatan multiplied ض ع ف
9 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
10 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
11 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
12 تُفْلِحُونَ tuflihoona (be) successful ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 131

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلنَّارَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أُعِدَّتْ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(131)

And fear the Fire, which has been prepared for the disbelievers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 131]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 131

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And fear the Fire, which has been prepared for the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 131

Waittaqoo alnnara allatee oAAiddat lilkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 131

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاتَّقُواْ Waittaqoo And fear و ق ي
2 النَّارَ alnnara the Fire ن و ر
3 الَّتِىٓ allatee which
4 أُعِدَّتْ oAAiddat is prepared ع د د
5 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena for the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 132

وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلرَّسُولَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ.(132)

And obey Allāh and the Messenger that you may obtain mercy. [Aal-i-Imraan: 132]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 132

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And obey Allāh and the Messenger that you may obtain mercy.

Transliteration

Ayah 132

WaateeAAoo Allaha waalrrasoola laAAallakum turhamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 132

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَطِيعُواْ WaateeAAoo And obey ط و ع
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 وَالرَّسُولَ waalrrasoola and the Messenger ر س ل
4 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
5 تُرْحَمُونَ turhamoona receive mercy ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 133

وَسَارِعُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ مَغْفِرَةٍۢ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَجَنَّةٍ عَرْضُهَا ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ أُعِدَّتْ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ.(133)

And hasten to forgiveness from your Lord and a garden [i.e., Paradise] as wide as the heavens and earth, prepared for the righteous [Aal-i-Imraan: 133]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 133

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And hasten to forgiveness from your Lord and a garden [i.e., Paradise] as wide as the heavens and earth, prepared for the righteous

Transliteration

Ayah 133

WasariAAoo ila maghfiratin min rabbikum wajannatin AAarduha alssamawatu waalardu oAAiddat lilmuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 133

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَسَارِعُوٓاْ WasariAAoo And hasten س ر ع
2 إِلَىٰ ila to
3 مَغْفِرَةٍ maghfiratin forgiveness غ ف ر
4 مِّن min from
5 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
6 وَجَنَّةٍ wajannatin and a Garden ج ن ن
7 عَرْضُهَا AAarduha its width ع ر ض
8 السَّمَاوَاتُ alssamawatu (is like that of) the heavens س م و
9 وَالْأَرْضُ waalardu and the earth أ ر ض
10 أُعِدَّتْ oAAiddat prepared ع د د
11 لِلْمُتَّقِينَ lilmuttaqeena for the pious و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 134

ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ فِى ٱلسَّرَّآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ وَٱلْكَٰظِمِينَ ٱلْغَيْظَ وَٱلْعَافِينَ عَنِ ٱلنَّاسِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(134)

Who spend [in the cause of Allāh] during ease and hardship and who restrain anger and who pardon the people - and Allāh loves the doers of good; [Aal-i-Imraan: 134]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 134

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who spend [in the cause of Allāh] during ease and hardship and who restrain anger and who pardon the people - and Allāh loves the doers of good;

Transliteration

Ayah 134

Allatheena yunfiqoona fee alssarrai waalddarrai waalkathimeena alghaytha waalAAafeena AAani alnnasi waAllahu yuhibbu almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 134

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يُنفِقُونَ yunfiqoona spend ن ف ق
3 فِى fee in
4 السَّرَّآءِ alssarrai [the] ease س ر ر
5 وَالضَّرَّآءِ waalddarrai and (in) the hardship ض ر ر
6 وَالْكَاظِمِينَ waalkathimeena and those who restrain ك ظ م
7 الْغَيْظَ alghaytha the anger غ ي ظ
8 وَالْعَافِينَ waalAAafeena and those who pardon ع ف و
9 عَنِ AAani [from]
10 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
11 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
12 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
13 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 135

وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا فَعَلُوا۟ فَٰحِشَةً أَوْ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ ذَكَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ فَٱسْتَغْفَرُوا۟ لِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَمَن يَغْفِرُ ٱلذُّنُوبَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ وَلَمْ يُصِرُّوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا فَعَلُوا۟ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ.(135)

And those who, when they commit an immorality or wrong themselves [by transgression], remember Allāh and seek forgiveness for their sins - and who can forgive sins except Allāh? - and [who] do not persist in what they have done while they know. [Aal-i-Imraan: 135]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 135

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And those who, when they commit an immorality or wrong themselves [by transgression], remember Allāh and seek forgiveness for their sins - and who can forgive sins except Allāh? - and [who] do not persist in what they have done while they know.

Transliteration

Ayah 135

Waallatheena itha faAAaloo fahishatan aw thalamoo anfusahum thakaroo Allaha faistaghfaroo lithunoobihim waman yaghfiru alththunooba illa Allahu walam yusirroo AAala ma faAAaloo wahum yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 135

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those
2 إِذَا itha when
3 فَعَلُواْ faAAaloo they did ف ع ل
4 فَاحِشَةً fahishatan immorality ف ح ش
5 أَوْ aw or
6 ظَلَمُوٓاْ thalamoo wronged ظ ل م
7 أَنْفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
8 ذَكَرُواْ thakaroo they remember ذ ك ر
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 فَاسْتَغْفَرُواْ faistaghfaroo then ask forgiveness غ ف ر
11 لِذُنُوبِهِمْ lithunoobihim for their sins ذ ن ب
12 وَمَن waman and who?
13 يَغْفِرُ yaghfiru (can) forgive غ ف ر
14 الذُّنُوبَ alththunooba the sins ذ ن ب
15 إِلَّا illa except
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 وَلَمْ walam And not
18 يُصِرُّواْ yusirroo they persist ص ر ر
19 عَلَىٰ AAala on
20 مَا ma what
21 فَعَلُواْ faAAaloo they did ف ع ل
22 وَهُمْ wahum while they
23 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 136

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ جَزَآؤُهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَجَنَّٰتٌۭ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا ۚ وَنِعْمَ أَجْرُ ٱلْعَٰمِلِينَ.(136)

Those - their reward is forgiveness from their Lord and gardens beneath which rivers flow [in Paradise], wherein they will abide eternally; and excellent is the reward of the [righteous] workers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 136]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 136

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those - their reward is forgiveness from their Lord and gardens beneath which rivers flow [in Paradise], wherein they will abide eternally; and excellent is the reward of the [righteous] workers.

Transliteration

Ayah 136

Olaika jazaohum maghfiratun min rabbihim wajannatun tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha waniAAma ajru alAAamileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 136

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 جَزَآؤُهُم jazaohum their reward ج ز ي
3 مَّغْفِرَةٌ maghfiratun (is) forgiveness غ ف ر
4 مِّن min from
5 رَّبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
6 وَجَنَّاتٌ wajannatun and Gardens ج ن ن
7 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
8 مِن min from
9 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath it ت ح ت
10 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
11 خَالِدِينَ khalideena abiding forever خ ل د
12 فِيهَا feeha in it
13 وَنِعْمَ waniAAma And an excellent ن ع م
14 أَجْرُ ajru reward أ ج ر
15 الْعَامِلِينَ alAAamileena (for) the (righteous) workers ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 137

قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ سُنَنٌۭ فَسِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ.(137)

Similar situations [as yours] have passed on before you, so proceed throughout the earth and observe how was the end of those who denied. [Aal-i-Imraan: 137]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 137

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Similar situations [as yours] have passed on before you, so proceed throughout the earth and observe how was the end of those who denied.

Transliteration

Ayah 137

Qad khalat min qablikum sunanun faseeroo fee alardi faonthuroo kayfa kana AAaqibatu almukaththibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 137

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Verily
2 خَلَتْ khalat passed خ ل و
3 مِن min from
4 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
5 سُنَنٌ sunanun situations س ن ن
6 فَسِيرُواْ faseeroo then travel س ي ر
7 فِى fee in
8 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
9 فَانْظُرُواْ faonthuroo and see ن ظ ر
10 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
11 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
12 عَاقِبَةُ AAaqibatu (the) end ع ق ب
13 الْمُكَذَّبِينَ almukaththibeena (of) the deniers ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 138

هَٰذَا بَيَانٌۭ لِّلنَّاسِ وَهُدًۭى وَمَوْعِظَةٌۭ لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ.(138)

This [Qur’ān] is a clear statement to [all] the people and a guidance and instruction for those conscious of Allāh. [Aal-i-Imraan: 138]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 138

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

This [Qur’ān] is a clear statement to [all] the people and a guidance and instruction for those conscious of Allāh.

Transliteration

Ayah 138

Hatha bayanun lilnnasi wahudan wamawAAithatun lilmuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 138

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هَٰذَا Hatha This
2 بَيَانٌ bayanun (is) a declaration ب ي ن
3 لِّلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for the people ن و س
4 وَهُدًى wahudan and guidance ه د ي
5 وَمَوْعِظَةٌ wamawAAithatun and admonition و ع ظ
6 لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ lilmuttaqeena for the God-fearing و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 139

وَلَا تَهِنُوا۟ وَلَا تَحْزَنُوا۟ وَأَنتُمُ ٱلْأَعْلَوْنَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(139)

So do not weaken and do not grieve, and you will be superior if you are [true] believers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 139]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 139

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So do not weaken and do not grieve, and you will be superior if you are [true] believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 139

Wala tahinoo wala tahzanoo waantumu alaAAlawna in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 139

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَهِنُوا tahinoo weaken و ه ن
3 وَلَا wala and (do) not
4 تَحْزَنُوا tahzanoo grieve ح ز ن
5 وَأَنتُمُ waantumu and you (will be)
6 الْأَعْلَوْنَ alaAAlawna [the] superior ع ل و
7 إِن in if
8 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
9 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 140

إِن يَمْسَسْكُمْ قَرْحٌۭ فَقَدْ مَسَّ ٱلْقَوْمَ قَرْحٌۭ مِّثْلُهُۥ ۚ وَتِلْكَ ٱلْأَيَّامُ نُدَاوِلُهَا بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَيَتَّخِذَ مِنكُمْ شُهَدَآءَ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(140)

If a wound should touch you - there has already touched the [opposing] people a wound similar to it. And these days [of varying conditions] We alternate among the people so that Allāh may make evident those who believe and [may] take to Himself from among you martyrs - and Allāh does not like the wrongdoers - [Aal-i-Imraan: 140]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 140

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If a wound should touch you - there has already touched the [opposing] people a wound similar to it. And these days [of varying conditions] We alternate among the people so that Allāh may make evident those who believe and [may] take to Himself from among you martyrs - and Allāh does not like the wrongdoers -

Transliteration

Ayah 140

In yamsaskum qarhun faqad massa alqawma qarhun mithluhu watilka alayyamu nudawiluha bayna alnnasi waliyaAAlama Allahu allatheena amanoo wayattakhitha minkum shuhadaa waAllahu la yuhibbu alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 140

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If
2 يَمْسَسْكُمْ yamsaskum touched you م س س
3 قَرْحٌ qarhun a wound ق ر ح
4 فَقَدْ faqad so certainly
5 مَسَّ massa (has) touched م س س
6 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
7 قَرْحٌ qarhun wound ق ر ح
8 مِّثْلُهُۥ mithluhu like it م ث ل
9 وَتِلْكَ watilka And this
10 الْأيَّامُ alayyamu [the] days ي و م
11 نُدَاوِلُهَا nudawiluha We alternate them د و ل
12 بَيْنَ bayna among ب ي ن
13 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
14 وَلِيَعْلَمَ waliyaAAlama [and] so that makes evident ع ل م
15 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
16 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
17 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d] أ م ن
18 وَيَتَّخِذَ wayattakhitha and take أ خ ذ
19 مِنكُمْ minkum from you
20 شُهَدَآءَ shuhadaa martyrs ش ه د
21 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
22 لَا la (does) not
23 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
24 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 141

وَلِيُمَحِّصَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَيَمْحَقَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(141)

And that Allāh may purify the believers [through trials] and destroy the disbelievers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 141]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 141

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And that Allāh may purify the believers [through trials] and destroy the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 141

Waliyumahhisa Allahu allatheena amanoo wayamhaqa alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 141

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِيُمَحِّصَ Waliyumahhisa And so that may purify م ح ص
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
5 وَيَمْحَقَ wayamhaqa and destroy م ح ق
6 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 142

أَمْ حَسِبْتُمْ أَن تَدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَلَمَّا يَعْلَمِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ جَٰهَدُوا۟ مِنكُمْ وَيَعْلَمَ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ.(142)

Or do you think that you will enter Paradise while Allāh has not yet made evident those of you who fight in His cause and made evident those who are steadfast? [Aal-i-Imraan: 142]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 142

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Or do you think that you will enter Paradise while Allāh has not yet made evident those of you who fight in His cause and made evident those who are steadfast?

Transliteration

Ayah 142

Am hasibtum an tadkhuloo aljannata walamma yaAAlami Allahu allatheena jahadoo minkum wayaAAlama alssabireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 142

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَمْ Am Or
2 حَسِبْتُمْ hasibtum do you think ح س ب
3 أَن an that
4 تَدْخُلُواْ tadkhuloo you will enter د خ ل
5 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata Paradise ج ن ن
6 وَلَمَّا walamma while has not yet
7 يَعْلَمِ yaAAlami made evident ع ل م
8 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
9 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
10 جَاهَدُواْ jahadoo strove hard ج ه د
11 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
12 وَيَعْلَمَ wayaAAlama and made evident ع ل م
13 الصَّابِرِينَ alssabireena the steadfast ص ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 143

وَلَقَدْ كُنتُمْ تَمَنَّوْنَ ٱلْمَوْتَ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَلْقَوْهُ فَقَدْ رَأَيْتُمُوهُ وَأَنتُمْ تَنظُرُونَ.(143)

And you had certainly wished for death [i.e., martyrdom] before you encountered it, and you have [now] seen it [before you] while you were looking on. [Aal-i-Imraan: 143]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 143

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And you had certainly wished for death [i.e., martyrdom] before you encountered it, and you have [now] seen it [before you] while you were looking on.

Transliteration

Ayah 143

Walaqad kuntum tamannawna almawta min qabli an talqawhu faqad raaytumoohu waantum tanthuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 143

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
3 تَمَنَّوْنَ tamannawna wish م ن ي
4 الْمَوْتَ almawta (for) death م و ت
5 مِن min from
6 قَبْلِ qabli before ق ب ل
7 أَن an [that]
8 تَلْقَوْهُ talqawhu you met it ل ق ي
9 فَقَدْ faqad then indeed
10 رَأَيْتُمُوهُ raaytumoohu you have seen it ر أ ي
11 وَأَنتُمْ waantum while you (were)
12 تَنظُرُونَ tanthuroona looking on ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 144

وَمَا مُحَمَّدٌ إِلَّا رَسُولٌۭ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِهِ ٱلرُّسُلُ ۚ أَفَإِي۟ن مَّاتَ أَوْ قُتِلَ ٱنقَلَبْتُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَٰبِكُمْ ۚ وَمَن يَنقَلِبْ عَلَىٰ عَقِبَيْهِ فَلَن يَضُرَّ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًۭٔا ۗ وَسَيَجْزِى ٱللَّهُ ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ.(144)

Muḥammad is not but a messenger. [Other] messengers have passed on before him. So if he was to die or be killed, would you turn back on your heels [to unbelief]? And he who turns back on his heels will never harm Allāh at all; but Allāh will reward the grateful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 144]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 144

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Muḥammad is not but a messenger. [Other] messengers have passed on before him. So if he was to die or be killed, would you turn back on your heels [to unbelief]? And he who turns back on his heels will never harm Allāh at all; but Allāh will reward the grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 144

Wama muhammadun illa rasoolun qad khalat min qablihi alrrusulu afain mata aw qutila inqalabtum AAala aAAqabikum waman yanqalib AAala AAaqibayhi falan yadurra Allaha shayan wasayajzee Allahu alshshakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 144

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 مُحَمَّدٌ muhammadun (is) Muhammad ح م د
3 إِلَّا illa except
4 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
5 قَدْ qad certainly
6 خَلَتْ khalat passed away خ ل و
7 مِن min from
8 قَبْلِهِ qablihi before him ق ب ل
9 الرُّسُلُ alrrusulu [the] (other) Messengers ر س ل
10 أَفَإِن afain So if?
11 مَّاتَ mata he died م و ت
12 أَوْ aw or
13 قُتِلَ qutila is slain ق ت ل
14 انقَلَبْتُمْ inqalabtum will you turn back ق ل ب
15 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
16 أَعْقَابِكُمْ aAAqabikum your heels ع ق ب
17 وَمَن waman And whoever
18 يَنقَلِبْ yanqalib turns back ق ل ب
19 عَلَىٰ AAala on
20 عَقِبَيْهِ AAaqibayhi his heels ع ق ب
21 فَلَن falan then never
22 يَضُرَّ yadurra will he harm ض ر ر
23 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
24 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
25 وَسَيَجْزِى wasayajzee And will reward ج ز ي
26 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
27 الشَّاكِرِينَ alshshakireena the grateful ones ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 145

وَمَا كَانَ لِنَفْسٍ أَن تَمُوتَ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ كِتَٰبًۭا مُّؤَجَّلًۭا ۗ وَمَن يُرِدْ ثَوَابَ ٱلدُّنْيَا نُؤْتِهِۦ مِنْهَا وَمَن يُرِدْ ثَوَابَ ٱلْآخِرَةِ نُؤْتِهِۦ مِنْهَا ۚ وَسَنَجْزِى ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ.(145)

And it is not [possible] for one to die except by permission of Allāh at a decree determined. And whoever desires the reward of this world - We will give him thereof; and whoever desires the reward of the Hereafter - We will give him thereof. And We will reward the grateful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 145]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 145

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is not [possible] for one to die except by permission of Allāh at a decree determined. And whoever desires the reward of this world - We will give him thereof; and whoever desires the reward of the Hereafter - We will give him thereof. And We will reward the grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 145

Wama kana linafsin an tamoota illa biithni Allahi kitaban muajjalan waman yurid thawaba alddunya nutihi minha waman yurid thawaba alakhirati nutihi minha wasanajzee alshshakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 145

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 لِنَفْسٍ linafsin for a soul ن ف س
4 أَن an that
5 تَمُوتَ tamoota he dies م و ت
6 إِلَّا illa except
7 بِإِذْنِ biithni by (the) permission أ ذ ن
8 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
9 كِتَابًا kitaban (at a) decree ك ت ب
10 مُّؤَجَّلًا muajjalan determined أ ج ل
11 وَمَن waman And whoever
12 يُرِدْ yurid desires ر و د
13 ثَوَابَ thawaba reward ث و ب
14 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
15 نُؤْتِهِۦ nutihi We will give him أ ت ي
16 مِنْهَا minha thereof
17 وَمَن waman and whoever
18 يُرِدْ yurid desires ر و د
19 ثَوَابَ thawaba reward ث و ب
20 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati (of) the Hereafter أ خ ر
21 نُؤْتِهِۦ nutihi We will give him أ ت ي
22 مِنْهَا minha thereof
23 وَسَنَجْزِى wasanajzee And We will reward ج ز ي
24 الشَّاكِرِينَ alshshakireena the grateful ones ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 146

وَكَأَيِّن مِّن نَّبِىٍّۢ قَٰتَلَ مَعَهُۥ رِبِّيُّونَ كَثِيرٌۭ فَمَا وَهَنُوا۟ لِمَآ أَصَابَهُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا ضَعُفُوا۟ وَمَا ٱسْتَكَانُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ.(146)

And how many a prophet [fought in battle and] with him fought many religious scholars. But they never lost assurance due to what afflicted them in the cause of Allāh, nor did they weaken or submit. And Allāh loves the steadfast. [Aal-i-Imraan: 146]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 146

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And how many a prophet [fought in battle and] with him fought many religious scholars. But they never lost assurance due to what afflicted them in the cause of Allāh, nor did they weaken or submit. And Allāh loves the steadfast.

Transliteration

Ayah 146

Wakaayyin min nabiyyin qatala maAAahu ribbiyyoona katheerun fama wahanoo lima asabahum fee sabeeli Allahi wama daAAufoo wama istakanoo waAllahu yuhibbu alssabireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 146

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَأَيِّن Wakaayyin And how many
2 مِّن min from
3 نَّبِىٍّۢ nabiyyin a Prophet ن ب أ
4 قَاتَلَ qatala fought ق ت ل
5 مَعَهُۥ maAAahu with him
6 رِبِّيُّونَ ribbiyyoona (were) religious scholars ر ب ب
7 كَثِيرٌ katheerun many ك ث ر
8 فَمَا fama But not
9 وَهَنُواْ wahanoo they lost heart و ه ن
10 لِمَآ lima for what
11 أَصَابَهُمْ asabahum befell them ص و ب
12 فِى fee in
13 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
14 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
15 وَمَا wama and not
16 ضَعُفُواْ daAAufoo they weakened ض ع ف
17 وَمَا wama and not
18 اسْتَكَانُواْ istakanoo they gave in ك ي ن
19 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
20 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
21 الصَّابِرِينَ alssabireena the patient ones ص ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 147

وَمَا كَانَ قَوْلَهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا ٱغْفِرْ لَنَا ذُنُوبَنَا وَإِسْرَافَنَا فِىٓ أَمْرِنَا وَثَبِّتْ أَقْدَامَنَا وَٱنصُرْنَا عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(147)

And their words were not but that they said, "Our Lord, forgive us our sins and the excess [committed] in our affairs and plant firmly our feet and give us victory over the disbelieving people." [Aal-i-Imraan: 147]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 147

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And their words were not but that they said, "Our Lord, forgive us our sins and the excess [committed] in our affairs and plant firmly our feet and give us victory over the disbelieving people."

Transliteration

Ayah 147

Wama kana qawlahum illa an qaloo rabbana ighfir lana thunoobana waisrafana fee amrina wathabbit aqdamana waonsurna AAala alqawmi alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 147

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 كَانَ kana were ك و ن
3 قَوْلَهُمْ qawlahum their words ق و ل
4 إِلَّآ illa except
5 أَن an that
6 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
7 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
8 اغْفِرْ ighfir forgive غ ف ر
9 لَنَا lana for us
10 ذُنُوبَنَا thunoobana our sins ذ ن ب
11 وَإِسْرَافَنَا waisrafana and our excesses س ر ف
12 فِىٓ fee in
13 أَمْرِنَا amrina our affairs أ م ر
14 وَثَبِّتْ wathabbit and make firm ث ب ت
15 أَقْدَامَنَا aqdamana our feet ق د م
16 وَانصُرْنَا waonsurna and give us victory ن ص ر
17 عَلَى AAala over
18 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi [the people] ق و م
19 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 148

فَـَٔاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ثَوَابَ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَحُسْنَ ثَوَابِ ٱلْآخِرَةِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(148)

So Allāh gave them the reward of this world and the good reward of the Hereafter. And Allāh loves the doers of good. [Aal-i-Imraan: 148]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 148

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So Allāh gave them the reward of this world and the good reward of the Hereafter. And Allāh loves the doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 148

Faatahumu Allahu thawaba alddunya wahusna thawabi alakhirati waAllahu yuhibbu almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 148

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَـَٔاتَاهُمُ Faatahumu So gave them أ ت ي
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 ثَوَابَ thawaba reward ث و ب
4 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (in) the world د ن و
5 وَحُسْنَ wahusna and good ح س ن
6 ثَوَابِ thawabi reward ث و ب
7 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati (in) the Hereafter أ خ ر
8 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
9 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
10 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 149

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِن تُطِيعُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَرُدُّوكُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَٰبِكُمْ فَتَنقَلِبُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ.(149)

O you who have believed, if you obey those who disbelieve, they will turn you back on your heels, and you will [then] become losers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 149]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 149

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, if you obey those who disbelieve, they will turn you back on your heels, and you will [then] become losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 149

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo in tuteeAAoo allatheena kafaroo yaruddookum AAala aAAqabikum fatanqaliboo khasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 149

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe! أ م ن
4 إِن in If
5 تُطِيعُواْ tuteeAAoo you obey ط و ع
6 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
7 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
8 يَرُدُّوكُمْ yaruddookum they will turn you back ر د د
9 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
10 أَعْقَابِكُمْ aAAqabikum your heels ع ق ب
11 فَتَنقَلِبُواْ fatanqaliboo then you will turn back ق ل ب
12 خَاسِرِينَ khasireena (as) losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 150

بَلِ ٱللَّهُ مَوْلَىٰكُمْ ۖ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلنَّٰصِرِينَ.(150)

But Allāh is your protector, and He is the best of helpers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 150]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 150

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But Allāh is your protector, and He is the best of helpers.

Transliteration

Ayah 150

Bali Allahu mawlakum wahuwa khayru alnnasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 150

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَلِ Bali Nay
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 مَوْلَاكُمْ mawlakum (is) your Protector و ل ي
4 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He
5 خَيْرُ khayru (is the) best خ ي ر
6 النَّاصِرِينَ alnnasireena (of) the Helpers ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 151

سَنُلْقِى فِى قُلُوبِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ٱلرُّعْبَ بِمَآ أَشْرَكُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَٰنًۭا ۖ وَمَأْوَىٰهُمُ ٱلنَّارُ ۚ وَبِئْسَ مَثْوَى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(151)

We will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve for what they have associated with Allāh of which He had not sent down [any] authority.1 And their refuge will be the Fire, and wretched is the residence of the wrongdoers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 151]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 151

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

We will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve for what they have associated with Allāh of which He had not sent down [any] authority.1 And their refuge will be the Fire, and wretched is the residence of the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 151

Sanulqee fee quloobi allatheena kafaroo alrruAAba bima ashrakoo biAllahi ma lam yunazzil bihi sultanan wamawahumu alnnaru wabisa mathwa alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 151

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَنُلْقِى Sanulqee We will cast ل ق ي
2 فِى fee in
3 قُلُوبِ quloobi (the) hearts ق ل ب
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
5 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieve ك ف ر
6 الرُّعْبَ alrruAAba [the] terror, [the] fear ر ع ب
7 بِمَآ bima because
8 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo they associated partners ش ر ك
9 بِاللهِ biAllahi with Allah أ ل ه
10 مَا ma what
11 لَمْ lam not
12 يُنَزِّلْ yunazzil He sent down ن ز ل
13 بِهِۦ bihi about it
14 سُلْطَانًا sultanan any authority س ل ط
15 وَمَأْوَىٰهُمُ wamawahumu and their refuge أ و ي
16 النَّارُ alnnaru (will be) the Fire ن و ر
17 وَبِئْسَ wabisa and wretched ب أ س
18 مَثْوَى mathwa (is the) abode ث و ي
19 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena [of] the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 152

وَلَقَدْ صَدَقَكُمُ ٱللَّـهُ وَعْدَهُۥٓ إِذْ تَحُسُّونَهُم بِإِذْنِهِۦ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَشِلْتُمْ وَتَنَـٰزَعْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَمْرِ وَعَصَيْتُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَآ أَرَىٰكُم مَّا تُحِبُّونَ ۚمِنكُم مَّن يُرِيدُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمِنكُم مَّن يُرِيدُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَ ۚ ثُمَّ صَرَفَكُمْ عَنْهُمْ لِيَبْتَلِيَكُمْ ۖ وَلَقَدْ عَفَا عَنكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّـهُ ذُو فَضْلٍ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ(152)

And Allāh had certainly fulfilled His promise to you when you were killing them [i.e., the enemy] by His permission until [the time] when you lost courage and fell to disputing about the order [given by the Prophet (ﷺ)] and disobeyed after He had shown you that which you love.1 Among you are some who desire this world, and among you are some who desire the Hereafter. Then He turned you back from them [defeated] that He might test you. And He has already forgiven you, and Allāh is the possessor of bounty for the believers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 152]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 152

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Allāh had certainly fulfilled His promise to you when you were killing them [i.e., the enemy] by His permission until [the time] when you lost courage and fell to disputing about the order [given by the Prophet (ﷺ)] and disobeyed after He had shown you that which you love.1 Among you are some who desire this world, and among you are some who desire the Hereafter. Then He turned you back from them [defeated] that He might test you. And He has already forgiven you, and Allāh is the possessor of bounty for the believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 152

Walaqad sadaqakumu Allahu waAAdahu ith tahussoonahum biithnihi hatta itha fashiltum watanazaAAtum fee alamri waAAasaytum min baAAdi ma arakum ma tuhibboona minkum man yureedu alddunya waminkum man yureedu alakhirata thumma sarafakum AAanhum liyabtaliyakum walaqad AAafa AAankum waAllahu thoo fadlin AAala almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 152

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 صَدَقَكُمُ sadaqakumu fulfilled to you ص د ق
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 وَعْدَهُۥٓ waAAdahu His promise و ع د
5 إِذْ ith when
6 تَحُسُّونَهُم tahussoonahum you were killing them ح س س
7 بِإِذْنِهِۦ biithnihi by His permission أ ذ ن
8 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
9 إِذَا itha when
10 فَشِلْتُمْ fashiltum you lost courage ف ش ل
11 وَتَنَازَعْتُمْ watanazaAAtum and you fell into dispute ن ز ع
12 فِى fee concerning
13 الْأَمْرِ alamri the order أ م ر
14 وَعَصَيْتُم waAAasaytum and you disobeyed ع ص ي
15 مِّنْ min from
16 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
17 مَآ ma [what]
18 أَرَاكُم arakum He (had) shown you ر أ ي
19 مَّا ma what
20 تُحِبُّونَ tuhibboona you love ح ب ب
21 مِنكُم minkum Among you
22 مَّن man (are some) who
23 يُرِيدُ yureedu desire ر و د
24 الدُّنْيَا alddunya the world د ن و
25 وَمِنكُم waminkum and among you
26 مَّن man (are some) who
27 يُرِيدُ yureedu desire ر و د
28 الاٰخِرَةَ alakhirata the Hereafter أ خ ر
29 ثُمَّ thumma Then
30 صَرَفَكُمْ sarafakum He diverted you ص ر ف
31 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
32 لِيَبْتَلِيَكُمْ liyabtaliyakum so that He may test you ب ل و
33 وَلَقَدْ walaqad And surely
34 عَفَا AAafa He forgave ع ف و
35 عَنكُمْ AAankum you
36 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
37 ذُو thoo (is the) Possessor
38 فَضْلٍ fadlin (of) Bounty ف ض ل
39 عَلَى AAala for
40 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 153

إِذْ تُصْعِدُونَ وَلَا تَلْوُۥنَ عَلَىٰٓ أَحَدٍۢ وَٱلرَّسُولُ يَدْعُوكُمْ فِىٓ أُخْرَىٰكُمْ فَأَثَٰبَكُمْ غَمًّۢا بِغَمٍّۢ لِّكَيْلَا تَحْزَنُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا فَاتَكُمْ وَلَا مَآ أَصَٰبَكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ.(153)

[Remember] when you [fled and] climbed [the mountain] without looking aside at anyone while the Messenger was calling you from behind. So Allāh repaid you with distress upon distress so you would not grieve for that which had escaped you [of victory and spoils of war] or [for] that which had befallen you [of injury and death]. And Allāh is [fully] Aware of what you do. [Aal-i-Imraan: 153]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 153

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Remember] when you [fled and] climbed [the mountain] without looking aside at anyone while the Messenger was calling you from behind. So Allāh repaid you with distress upon distress so you would not grieve for that which had escaped you [of victory and spoils of war] or [for] that which had befallen you [of injury and death]. And Allāh is [fully] Aware of what you do.

Transliteration

Ayah 153

Ith tusAAidoona wala talwoona AAala ahadin waalrrasoolu yadAAookum fee okhrakum faathabakum ghamman bighammin likayla tahzanoo AAala ma fatakum wala ma asabakum waAllahu khabeerun bima taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 153

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِذْ Ith When
2 تُصْعِدُونَ tusAAidoona you were running uphill ص ع د
3 وَلَا wala and not
4 تَلْوُونَ talwoona casting a glance ل و ي
5 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
6 أحَدٍ ahadin anyone أ ح د
7 وَالرَّسُولُ waalrrasoolu while the Messenger ر س ل
8 يَدْعُوكُمْ yadAAookum was calling you د ع و
9 فِىٓ fee [in]
10 أُخْرَاكُمْ okhrakum (from) behind you أ خ ر
11 فَأَثَابَكُمْ faathabakum So (He) repaid you ث و ب
12 غُمَّاً ghamman (with) distress غ م م
13 بِغَمٍّ bighammin on distress غ م م
14 لِّكَيْلَا likayla so that not
15 تَحْزَنُواْ tahzanoo you grieve ح ز ن
16 عَلَىٰ AAala over
17 مَا ma what
18 فَاتَكُمْ fatakum escaped you ف و ت
19 وَلَا wala and not
20 مَآ ma what
21 أَصَابَكُمْ asabakum (had) befallen you ص و ب
22 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
23 خَبِيرٌ khabeerun (is) All-Aware خ ب ر
24 بِمَا bima of what
25 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 154

ثُمَّ أَنزَلَ عَلَيْكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلْغَمِّ أَمَنَةً نُّعَاسًا يَغْشَىٰ طَآئِفَةً مِّنكُمْ ۖوَطَآئِفَةٌ قَدْ أَهَمَّتْهُمْ أَنفُسُهُمْ يَظُنُّونَ بِٱللَّـهِ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ ظَنَّ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِيَّةِ ۖيَقُولُونَ هَل لَّنَا مِنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ مِن شَىْءٍ ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْأَمْرَ كُلَّهُۥ لِلَّـهِ ۗيُخْفُونَ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِم مَّا لَا يُبْدُونَ لَكَ ۖ يَقُولُونَ لَوْ كَانَ لَنَا مِنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ شَىْءٌ مَّا قُتِلْنَا هَـٰهُنَا ۗ قُل لَّوْ كُنتُمْ فِى بُيُوتِكُمْ لَبَرَزَ ٱلَّذِينَ كُتِبَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقَتْلُ إِلَىٰ مَضَاجِعِهِمْ ۖ وَلِيَبْتَلِىَ ٱللَّـهُ مَا فِى صُدُورِكُمْ وَلِيُمَحِّصَ مَا فِى قُلُوبِكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّـهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ(154)

Then after distress, He sent down upon you security [in the form of] drowsiness, overcoming a faction of you, while another faction worried about themselves, thinking of Allāh other than the truth - the thought of ignorance, saying, "Is there anything for us [to have done] in this matter?" Say, "Indeed, the matter belongs completely to Allāh." They conceal within themselves what they will not reveal to you. They say, "If there was anything we could have done in the matter, we [i.e., some of us] would not have been killed right here." Say, "Even if you had been inside your houses, those decreed to be killed would have come out to their death beds." [It was] so that Allāh might test what is in your breasts and purify what is in your hearts. And Allāh is Knowing of that within the breasts. [Aal-i-Imraan: 154]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 154

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then after distress, He sent down upon you security [in the form of] drowsiness, overcoming a faction of you, while another faction worried about themselves, thinking of Allāh other than the truth - the thought of ignorance, saying, "Is there anything for us [to have done] in this matter?" Say, "Indeed, the matter belongs completely to Allāh." They conceal within themselves what they will not reveal to you. They say, "If there was anything we could have done in the matter, we [i.e., some of us] would not have been killed right here." Say, "Even if you had been inside your houses, those decreed to be killed would have come out to their death beds." [It was] so that Allāh might test what is in your breasts and purify what is in your hearts. And Allāh is Knowing of that within the breasts.

Transliteration

Ayah 154

Thumma anzala AAalaykum min baAAdi alghammi amanatan nuAAasan yaghsha taifatan minkum wataifatun qad ahammathum anfusuhum yathunnoona biAllahi ghayra alhaqqi thanna aljahiliyyati yaqooloona hal lana mina alamri min shayin qul inna alamra kullahu lillahi yukhfoona fee anfusihim ma la yubdoona laka yaqooloona law kana lana mina alamri shayon ma qutilna hahuna qul law kuntum fee buyootikum labaraza allatheena kutiba AAalayhimu alqatlu ila madajiAAihim waliyabtaliya Allahu ma fee sudoorikum waliyumahhisa ma fee quloobikum waAllahu AAaleemun bithati alssudoori

Word-by-word

Ayah 154

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then
2 أَنزَلَ anzala He sent down ن ز ل
3 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum upon you
4 مِّنْ min from
5 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
6 الْغَمِّ alghammi the distress غ م م
7 أَمَنَةً amanatan security أ م ن
8 نُّعَاسًا nuAAasan slumber ن ع س
9 يَغْشَىٰ yaghsha overcoming غ ش و
10 طَآئِفَةً taifatan a group ط و ف
11 مِّنكُمْ minkum of you
12 وَطَآئِفَةٌ wataifatun while a group ط و ف
13 قَدْ qad certainly
14 أَهَمَّتْهُمْ ahammathum worried [them] ه م م
15 أَنفُسُهُمْ anfusuhum (about) themselves ن ف س
16 يَظُنُّونَ yathunnoona thinking ظ ن ن
17 بِاللهِ biAllahi about Allah أ ل ه
18 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
19 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
20 ظَنَّ thanna (the) thought ظ ن ن
21 الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ aljahiliyyati (of) [the] ignorance ج ه ل
22 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona saying ق و ل
23 هَل hal Is (there)?
24 لَّنَا lana for us
25 مِنَ mina from
26 الْأَمْرِ alamri the matter أ م ر
27 مِن min any
28 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
29 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
30 إِنَّ inna Indeed
31 الْأَمْرَ alamra the matter أ م ر
32 كُلَّهُۥ kullahu all (of) it ك ل ل
33 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (is) for Allah أ ل ه
34 يُخْفُونَ yukhfoona They hide خ ف ي
35 فِىٓ fee in
36 أَنفُسِهِم anfusihim themselves ن ف س
37 مَّا ma what
38 لَا la not
39 يُبْدُونَ yubdoona they reveal ب د و
40 لَكَ laka to you
41 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona They say ق و ل
42 لَوْ law If
43 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
44 لَنَا lana for us
45 مِنَ mina from
46 الْأَمْرِ alamri the matter أ م ر
47 شَىْءٌ shayon anything ش ي أ
48 مَّا ma not
49 قُتِلْنَا qutilna we would have been killed ق ت ل
50 هَاهُنَا hahuna here
51 قُل qul Say ق و ل
52 لَّوْ law If
53 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
54 فِى fee in
55 بُيُوتِكُمْ buyootikum your houses ب ي ت
56 لَبَرَزَ labaraza surely (would have) come out ب ر ز
57 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
58 كُتِبَ kutiba was decreed ك ت ب
59 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu upon them
60 الْقَتْلُ alqatlu [the] death ق ت ل
61 إِلَىٰ ila towards
62 مَضَاجِعِهِمْ madajiAAihim their places of death ض ج ع
63 وَلِيَبْتَلِىَ waliyabtaliya And that might test ب ل و
64 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
65 مَا ma what
66 فِى fee (is) in
67 صُدُورِكُمْ sudoorikum your breasts ص د ر
68 وَلِيُمَحَّصَ waliyumahhisa and that He may purge م ح ص
69 مَا ma what
70 فِى fee (is) in
71 قُلُوبِكُمْ quloobikum your hearts ق ل ب
72 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
73 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun (is) All-Aware ع ل م
74 بِذَاتِ bithati of what
75 الصُّدُورِ alssudoori (is in) the breasts ص د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 155

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَوَلَّوْا۟ مِنكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْتَقَى ٱلْجَمْعَانِ إِنَّمَا ٱسْتَزَلَّهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ بِبَعْضِ مَا كَسَبُوا۟ ۖ وَلَقَدْ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌۭ.(155)

Indeed, those of you who turned back on the day the two armies met [at Uḥud] - it was Satan who caused them to slip because of some [blame] they had earned. But Allāh has already forgiven them. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Forbearing. [Aal-i-Imraan: 155]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 155

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those of you who turned back on the day the two armies met [at Uḥud] - it was Satan who caused them to slip because of some [blame] they had earned. But Allāh has already forgiven them. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Forbearing.

Transliteration

Ayah 155

Inna allatheena tawallaw minkum yawma iltaqa aljamAAani innama istazallahumu alshshaytanu bibaAAdi ma kasaboo walaqad AAafa Allahu AAanhum inna Allaha ghafoorun haleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 155

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 تَوَلَّوْاْ tawallaw turned back و ل ي
4 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
5 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) day ي و م
6 الْتَقَى iltaqa met ل ق ي
7 الْجَمْعَانِ aljamAAani the two hosts ج م ع
8 إِنَّمَا innama only
9 اسْتَزَلَّهُمُ istazallahumu made them slip ز ل ل
10 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
11 بِبَعْضِ bibaAAdi for some ب ع ض
12 مَا ma (of) what
13 كَسَبُواْ kasaboo they (had) earned ك س ب
14 وَلَقَدْ walaqad And surely
15 عَفَا AAafa forgave ع ف و
16 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
17 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum [on] them
18 إِنَّ inna indeed
19 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
20 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
21 حَلِيمٌ haleemun All-Forbearing ح ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 156

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَكُونُوا۟ كَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَقَالُوا۟ لِإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ إِذَا ضَرَبُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَوْ كَانُوا۟ غُزًّى لَّوْ كَانُوا۟ عِندَنَا مَا مَاتُوا۟ وَمَا قُتِلُوا۟ لِيَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ ذَٰلِكَ حَسْرَةًۭ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌۭ.(156)

O you who have believed, do not be like those who disbelieved and said about their brothers when they traveled through the land or went out to fight, "If they had been with us, they would not have died or have been killed," so Allāh makes that [misconception] a regret within their hearts. And it is Allāh who gives life and causes death, and Allāh is Seeing of what you do. [Aal-i-Imraan: 156]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 156

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, do not be like those who disbelieved and said about their brothers when they traveled through the land or went out to fight, "If they had been with us, they would not have died or have been killed," so Allāh makes that [misconception] a regret within their hearts. And it is Allāh who gives life and causes death, and Allāh is Seeing of what you do.

Transliteration

Ayah 156

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo la takoonoo kaallatheena kafaroo waqaloo liikhwanihim itha daraboo fee alardi aw kanoo ghuzzan law kanoo AAindana ma matoo wama qutiloo liyajAAala Allahu thalika hasratan fee quloobihim waAllahu yuhyee wayumeetu waAllahu bima taAAmaloona baseerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 156

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 لَا la (Do) not
5 تَكُونُواْ takoonoo be ك و ن
6 كَالَّذِينَ kaallatheena like those who
7 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
8 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and they said ق و ل
9 لِإِخْوَانِهِمْ liikhwanihim about their brothers أ خ و
10 إِذَا itha when
11 ضَرَبُواْ daraboo they traveled ض ر ب
12 فِى fee in
13 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
14 أَوْ aw or
15 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
16 غُزًّى ghuzzan fighting غ ز و
17 لَّوْ law If
18 كَانُواْ kanoo they had been ك و ن
19 عِندَنَا AAindana with us ع ن د
20 مَا ma not
21 مَاتُواْ matoo they (would have) died م و ت
22 وَمَا wama and not
23 قُتِلُواْ qutiloo they (would have) been killed ق ت ل
24 لِيَجْعَلَ liyajAAala So makes ج ع ل
25 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
26 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
27 حَسْرَةً hasratan a regret ح س ر
28 فِى fee in
29 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
30 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
31 يُحْىِۦ yuhyee gives life ح ي ي
32 وَيُمِيتُ wayumeetu and causes death م و ت
33 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
34 بِمَا bima of what
35 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل
36 بَصِيرٌ baseerun (is) All-Seer ب ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 157

وَلَئِن قُتِلْتُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ مُتُّمْ لَمَغْفِرَةٌۭ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَحْمَةٌ خَيْرٌۭ مِّمَّا يَجْمَعُونَ.(157)

And if you are killed in the cause of Allāh or die - then forgiveness from Allāh and mercy are better than whatever they accumulate [in this world]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 157]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 157

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you are killed in the cause of Allāh or die - then forgiveness from Allāh and mercy are better than whatever they accumulate [in this world].

Transliteration

Ayah 157

Walain qutiltum fee sabeeli Allahi aw muttum lamaghfiratun mina Allahi warahmatun khayrun mimma yajmaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 157

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَئِن Walain And if
2 قُتِلْتُمْ qutiltum you are killed ق ت ل
3 فِى fee in
4 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
5 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
6 أَوْ aw or
7 مُتُّمْ muttum die[d] م و ت
8 لَمَغْفِرَةٌ lamaghfiratun certainly forgiveness غ ف ر
9 مِّنَ mina from
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 وَرَحْمَةٌ warahmatun and Mercy ر ح م
12 خَيْرٌ khayrun (are) better خ ي ر
13 مِّمَّا mimma than what
14 يَجْمَعُونَ yajmaAAoona they accumulate ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 158

وَلَئِن مُّتُّمْ أَوْ قُتِلْتُمْ لَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ تُحْشَرُونَ.(158)

And whether you die or are killed, unto Allāh you will be gathered. [Aal-i-Imraan: 158]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 158

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And whether you die or are killed, unto Allāh you will be gathered.

Transliteration

Ayah 158

Walain muttum aw qutiltum laila Allahi tuhsharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 158

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَئِن Walain And if
2 مُّتُّمْ muttum you die م و ت
3 أَوْ aw or
4 قُتِلْتُمْ qutiltum are killed ق ت ل
5 لَإِلَى laila surely to
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 تُحْشَرُونَ tuhsharoona you will be gathered ح ش ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 159

فَبِمَا رَحْمَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ لِنتَ لَهُمْ ۖ وَلَوْ كُنتَ فَظًّا غَلِيظَ ٱلْقَلْبِ لَٱنفَضُّوا۟ مِنْ حَوْلِكَ ۖ فَٱعْفُ عَنْهُمْ وَٱسْتَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ وَشَاوِرْهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَمْرِ ۖ فَإِذَا عَزَمْتَ فَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَوَكِّلِينَ.(159)

So by mercy from Allāh, [O Muḥammad], you were lenient with them. And if you had been rude [in speech] and harsh in heart, they would have disbanded from about you. So pardon them and ask forgiveness for them and consult them in the matter. And when you have decided, then rely upon Allāh. Indeed, Allāh loves those who rely [upon Him]. [Aal-i-Imraan: 159]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 159

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So by mercy from Allāh, [O Muḥammad], you were lenient with them. And if you had been rude [in speech] and harsh in heart, they would have disbanded from about you. So pardon them and ask forgiveness for them and consult them in the matter. And when you have decided, then rely upon Allāh. Indeed, Allāh loves those who rely [upon Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 159

Fabima rahmatin mina Allahi linta lahum walaw kunta faththan ghaleetha alqalbi lainfaddoo min hawlika faoAAfu AAanhum waistaghfir lahum washawirhum fee alamri faitha AAazamta fatawakkal AAala Allahi inna Allaha yuhibbu almutawakkileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 159

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَبِمَا Fabima So because
2 رَحْمَةٍ rahmatin (of) Mercy ر ح م
3 مِّنَ mina from
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 لِنتَ linta you dealt gently ل ي ن
6 لَهُمْ lahum with them
7 وَلَوْ walaw And if
8 كُنتَ kunta you had been ك و ن
9 فَظًّا faththan rude ف ظ ظ
10 غَلِيظَ ghaleetha (and) harsh غ ل ظ
11 الْقَلْبِ alqalbi (at) [the] heart ق ل ب
12 لَانفَضُّواْ lainfaddoo surely they (would have) dispersed ف ض ض
13 مِنْ min from
14 حَوْلِكَ hawlika around you ح و ل
15 فَاعْفُ faoAAfu Then pardon ع ف و
16 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum [from] them
17 وَاسْتَغْفِرْ waistaghfir and ask forgiveness غ ف ر
18 لَهُمْ lahum for them
19 وَشَاوِرْهُمْ washawirhum and consult them ش و ر
20 فِى fee in
21 الْأَمْرِ alamri the matter أ م ر
22 فَإِذَا faitha Then when
23 عَزَمْتَ AAazamta you have decided ع ز م
24 فَتَوَكَّلْ fatawakkal then put trust و ك ل
25 عَلَى AAala on
26 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
27 إِنَّ inna Indeed
28 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
29 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu loves ح ب ب
30 الْمُتَوَكِّلِينَ almutawakkileena the ones who put trust (in Him) و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 160

إِن يَنصُرْكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فَلَا غَالِبَ لَكُمْ ۖ وَإِن يَخْذُلْكُمْ فَمَن ذَا ٱلَّذِى يَنصُرُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ ۗ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ.(160)

If Allāh should aid you, no one can overcome you; but if He should forsake you, who is there that can aid you after Him? And upon Allāh let the believers rely. [Aal-i-Imraan: 160]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 160

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If Allāh should aid you, no one can overcome you; but if He should forsake you, who is there that can aid you after Him? And upon Allāh let the believers rely.

Transliteration

Ayah 160

In yansurkumu Allahu fala ghaliba lakum wain yakhthulkum faman tha allathee yansurukum min baAAdihi waAAala Allahi falyatawakkali almuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 160

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِن In If
2 يَنصُرْكُمُ yansurkumu helps you ن ص ر
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 فَلَا fala then not
5 غَالِبَ ghaliba (can) overcome غ ل ب
6 لَكُمْ lakum [for] you
7 وَإِن wain and if
8 يَخْذُلْكُمْ yakhthulkum He forsakes you خ ذ ل
9 فَمَن faman then who?
10 ذَا tha (is)
11 الَّذِى allathee the one who
12 يَنصُرُكُم yansurukum can help you ن ص ر
13 مِّنْ min from
14 بَعْدِهِۦ baAAdihi after Him ب ع د
15 وَعَلَى waAAala And on
16 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
17 فَلْيَتَوَكِّلِ falyatawakkali let put (their) trust و ك ل
18 الْمُؤْمِنُونَ almuminoona the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 161

وَمَا كَانَ لِنَبِىٍّ أَن يَغُلَّ ۚ وَمَن يَغْلُلْ يَأْتِ بِمَا غَلَّ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۚ ثُمَّ تُوَفَّىٰ كُلُّ نَفْسٍۢ مَّا كَسَبَتْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ.(161)

It is not [attributable] to any prophet that he would act unfaithfully [in regard to war booty]. And whoever betrays, [taking unlawfully], will come with what he took on the Day of Resurrection. Then will every soul be [fully] compensated for what it earned, and they will not be wronged. [Aal-i-Imraan: 161]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 161

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is not [attributable] to any prophet that he would act unfaithfully [in regard to war booty]. And whoever betrays, [taking unlawfully], will come with what he took on the Day of Resurrection. Then will every soul be [fully] compensated for what it earned, and they will not be wronged.

Transliteration

Ayah 161

Wama kana linabiyyin an yaghulla waman yaghlul yati bima ghalla yawma alqiyamati thumma tuwaffa kullu nafsin ma kasabat wahum la yuthlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 161

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 لِنَبِىٍّۢ linabiyyin for a Prophet ن ب أ
4 أَن an that
5 يَغُلَّ yaghulla he defrauds غ ل ل
6 وَمَن waman And whoever
7 يَغْلُلْ yaghlul defrauds غ ل ل
8 يَأْتِ yati will bring أ ت ي
9 بِمَا bima what
10 غَلَّ ghalla he had defrauded غ ل ل
11 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
12 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) Resurrection ق و م
13 ثُمَّ thumma Then
14 تُوَفَّىٰ tuwaffa is repaid in full و ف ي
15 كُلُّ kullu every ك ل ل
16 نَفْسٍ nafsin soul ن ف س
17 مَّا ma what
18 كَسَبَتْ kasabat it earned ك س ب
19 وَهُمْ wahum and they
20 لَا la (will) not
21 يُظْلَمُونَ yuthlamoona be wronged ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 162

أَفَمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَ رِضْوَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ كَمَنۢ بَآءَ بِسَخَطٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَأْوَىٰهُ جَهَنَّمُ ۚ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ.(162)

So is one who pursues the pleasure of Allāh like one who brings upon himself the anger of Allāh and whose refuge is Hell? And wretched is the destination. [Aal-i-Imraan: 162]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 162

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So is one who pursues the pleasure of Allāh like one who brings upon himself the anger of Allāh and whose refuge is Hell? And wretched is the destination.

Transliteration

Ayah 162

Afamani ittabaAAa ridwana Allahi kaman baa bisakhatin mina Allahi wamawahu jahannamu wabisa almaseeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 162

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَمَنِ Afamani So is (the one) who?
2 اتَّبَعَ ittabaAAa pursues ت ب ع
3 رِضْوَانَ ridwana (the) pleasure ر ض و
4 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
5 كَمَن kaman like (the one) who
6 بَآءَ baa draws ب و أ
7 بِسَخْطٍ bisakhatin on (himself) wrath س خ ط
8 مِّنَ mina of
9 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
10 وَمَأْوَاهُ wamawahu and his abode أ و ي
11 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (is) hell
12 وَبِئْسَ wabisa and wretched ب أ س
13 الْمَصِيرُ almaseeru (is) the destination ص ي ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 163

هُمْ دَرَجَٰتٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ.(163)

They are [varying] degrees in the sight of Allāh, and Allāh is Seeing of whatever they do. [Aal-i-Imraan: 163]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 163

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They are [varying] degrees in the sight of Allāh, and Allāh is Seeing of whatever they do.

Transliteration

Ayah 163

Hum darajatun AAinda Allahi waAllahu baseerun bima yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 163

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُمْ Hum They
2 دَرَجَاتٌ darajatun (are in varying) degrees د ر ج
3 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
6 بَصِيرٌ baseerun (is) All-Seer ب ص ر
7 بِمَا bima of what
8 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona they do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 164

لَقَدْ مَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ إِذْ بَعَثَ فِيهِمْ رَسُولًۭا مِّنْ أَنفُسِهِمْ يَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ وَيُزَكِّيهِمْ وَيُعَلِّمُهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَإِن كَانُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ لَفِى ضَلَٰلٍۢ مُّبِينٍ.(164)

Certainly did Allāh confer [great] favor upon the believers when He sent among them a Messenger from themselves, reciting to them His verses and purifying them and teaching them the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] and wisdom,1 although they had been before in manifest error. [Aal-i-Imraan: 164]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 164

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Certainly did Allāh confer [great] favor upon the believers when He sent among them a Messenger from themselves, reciting to them His verses and purifying them and teaching them the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] and wisdom,1 although they had been before in manifest error.

Transliteration

Ayah 164

Laqad manna Allahu AAala almumineena ith baAAatha feehim rasoolan min anfusihim yatloo AAalayhim ayatihi wayuzakkeehim wayuAAallimuhumu alkitaba waalhikmata wain kanoo min qablu lafee dalalin mubeenin

Word-by-word

Ayah 164

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدْ Laqad Certainly
2 مَنَّ manna bestowed a Favor م ن ن
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 عَلَى AAala upon
5 الْمُؤمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
6 إِذْ ith as
7 بَعَثَ baAAatha He raised ب ع ث
8 فِيهِمْ feehim among them
9 رَسُولًا rasoolan a Messenger ر س ل
10 مِّنْ min from
11 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
12 يَتْلُوا yatloo reciting ت ل و
13 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them
14 اٰيَاتِهِۦ ayatihi His Verses أ ي ي
15 وَيُزَكِّيهِمْ wayuzakkeehim and purifying them ز ك و
16 وَيُعَلِّمُهُمُ wayuAAallimuhumu and teaching them ع ل م
17 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
18 وَالْحِكْمَةَ waalhikmata and the wisdom ح ك م
19 وَإِن wain although
20 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
21 مِن min from
22 قَبْلُ qablu before (that) ق ب ل
23 لَفِى lafee certainly in
24 ضَلالٍ dalalin (the) error ض ل ل
25 مُّبِينٍ mubeenin clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 165

أَوَلَمَّآ أَصَٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةٌۭ قَدْ أَصَبْتُم مِّثْلَيْهَا قُلْتُمْ أَنَّىٰ هَٰذَا ۖ قُلْ هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ أَنفُسِكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(165)

Why [is it that] when a [single] disaster struck you [on the day of Uḥud], although you had struck [the enemy in the battle of Badr] with one twice as great, you said, "From where is this?" Say, "It is from yourselves [i.e., due to your sin]." Indeed, Allāh is over all things competent. [Aal-i-Imraan: 165]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 165

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Why [is it that] when a [single] disaster struck you [on the day of Uḥud], although you had struck [the enemy in the battle of Badr] with one twice as great, you said, "From where is this?" Say, "It is from yourselves [i.e., due to your sin]." Indeed, Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 165

Awalamma asabatkum museebatun qad asabtum mithlayha qultum anna hatha qul huwa min AAindi anfusikum inna Allaha AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 165

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَلَمَّآ Awalamma Or when?
2 أَصَابَتْكُم asabatkum struck you ص و ب
3 مُّصِيبَةٌ museebatun disaster ص و ب
4 قَدْ qad surely
5 أَصَبْتُم asabtum you (had) struck (them) ص و ب
6 مِّثْلَيْهَا mithlayha twice of it م ث ل
7 قُلْتُمْ qultum you said ق و ل
8 أَنَّىٰ anna From where? أ ن ي
9 هَٰذَا hatha (is) this
10 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
11 هُوَ huwa It
12 مِنْ min (is)
13 عِندِ AAindi from ع ن د
14 أَنْفُسِكُمْ anfusikum yourselves ن ف س
15 إِنَّ inna Indeed
16 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
17 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on
18 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
19 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
20 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 166

وَمَآ أَصَٰبَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْتَقَى ٱلْجَمْعَانِ فَبِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(166)

And what struck you on the day the two armies met [at Uḥud] was by permission of Allāh that He might make evident the [true] believers [Aal-i-Imraan: 166]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 166

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And what struck you on the day the two armies met [at Uḥud] was by permission of Allāh that He might make evident the [true] believers

Transliteration

Ayah 166

Wama asabakum yawma iltaqa aljamAAani fabiithni Allahi waliyaAAlama almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 166

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَآ Wama And what
2 أَصَابَكُمْ asabakum struck you ص و ب
3 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) day ي و م
4 الْتَقَى iltaqa (when) met ل ق ي
5 الْجَمْعَانِ aljamAAani the two hosts ج م ع
6 فَبِإِذْنِ fabiithni (was) by (the) permission أ ذ ن
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 وَلِيَعْلَمَ waliyaAAlama and that He (might) make evident ع ل م
9 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 167

وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱلَّذِينَ نَافَقُوا۟ ۚ وَقِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ قَٰتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَوِ ٱدْفَعُوا۟ ۖ قَالُوا۟ لَوْ نَعْلَمُ قِتَالًۭا لَّٱتَّبَعْنَٰكُمْ ۗ هُمْ لِلْكُفْرِ يَوْمَئِذٍ أَقْرَبُ مِنْهُمْ لِلْإِيمَٰنِ ۚ يَقُولُونَ بِأَفْوَٰهِهِم مَّا لَيْسَ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا يَكْتُمُونَ.(167)

And that He might make evident those who are hypocrites. For it was said to them, "Come, fight in the way of Allāh or [at least] defend." They said, "If we had known [there would be] battle, we would have followed you." They were nearer to disbelief that day than to faith, saying with their mouths what was not in their hearts. And Allāh is most knowing of what they conceal - [Aal-i-Imraan: 167]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 167

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And that He might make evident those who are hypocrites. For it was said to them, "Come, fight in the way of Allāh or [at least] defend." They said, "If we had known [there would be] battle, we would have followed you." They were nearer to disbelief that day than to faith, saying with their mouths what was not in their hearts. And Allāh is most knowing of what they conceal -

Transliteration

Ayah 167

WaliyaAAlama allatheena nafaqoo waqeela lahum taAAalaw qatiloo fee sabeeli Allahi awi idfaAAoo qaloo law naAAlamu qitalan laittabaAAnakum hum lilkufri yawmaithin aqrabu minhum lileemani yaqooloona biafwahihim ma laysa fee quloobihim waAllahu aAAlamu bima yaktumoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 167

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِيَعْلَمَ WaliyaAAlama And that He (might) make evident ع ل م
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 نَافَقُواْ nafaqoo (are) hypocrites ن ف ق
4 وَقِيلَ waqeela And it was said ق و ل
5 لَهُمْ lahum to them
6 تَعَالَوْاْ taAAalaw Come ع ل و
7 قَاتِلُواْ qatiloo fight ق ت ل
8 فِى fee in
9 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
10 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 أَوِ awi or
12 ادْفَعُواْ idfaAAoo defend د ف ع
13 قَالُواْ qaloo They said ق و ل
14 لَوْ law If
15 نَعْلَمُ naAAlamu we knew ع ل م
16 قِتَالًا qitalan fighting ق ت ل
17 لَّاتَّبَعْنَاكُمْ laittabaAAnakum certainly we (would have) followed you ت ب ع
18 هُمْ hum They
19 لِلْكُفْرِ lilkufri to disbelief ك ف ر
20 يَوْمَئِذٍ yawmaithin that day
21 أَقْرَبُ aqrabu (were) nearer ق ر ب
22 مِنْهُمْ minhum than [them]
23 لِلإِيمَانِ lileemani to the faith أ م ن
24 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona saying ق و ل
25 بِأَفْوَاهِهِم biafwahihim with their mouths ف و ه
26 مَّا ma what
27 لَيْسَ laysa was not ل ي س
28 فِى fee in
29 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
30 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
31 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu (is) Most Knowing ع ل م
32 بِمَا bima of what
33 يَكْتُمُونَ yaktumoona they conceal ك ت م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 168

ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوا۟ لِإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ وَقَعَدُوا۟ لَوْ أَطَاعُونَا مَا قُتِلُوا۟ ۗ قُلْ فَٱدْرَءُوا۟ عَنْ أَنفُسِكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ.(168)

Those who said about their brothers while sitting [at home], "If they had obeyed us, they would not have been killed." Say, "Then prevent death from yourselves, if you should be truthful." [Aal-i-Imraan: 168]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 168

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who said about their brothers while sitting [at home], "If they had obeyed us, they would not have been killed." Say, "Then prevent death from yourselves, if you should be truthful."

Transliteration

Ayah 168

Allatheena qaloo liikhwanihim waqaAAadoo law ataAAoona ma qutiloo qul faidraoo AAan anfusikumu almawta in kuntum sadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 168

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 قَالُواْ qaloo said ق و ل
3 لِإِخْوَانِهِمْ liikhwanihim about their brothers أ خ و
4 وَقَعَدُواْ waqaAAadoo while they sat ق ع د
5 لَوْ law If
6 أَطَاعُونَا ataAAoona they (had) obeyed us ط و ع
7 مَا ma not
8 قُتِلُوا qutiloo they would have been killed ق ت ل
9 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
10 فَادْرَءُوا faidraoo Then avert د ر أ
11 عَنْ AAan from
12 أَنفُسِكُمُ anfusikumu yourselves ن ف س
13 الْمَوْتَ almawta [the] death م و ت
14 إِن in if
15 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
16 صَادِقِينَ sadiqeena truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 169

وَلَا تَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ قُتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَمْوَٰتًۢا ۚ بَلْ أَحْيَآءٌ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ يُرْزَقُونَ.(169)

And never think of those who have been killed in the cause of Allāh as dead. Rather, they are alive with their Lord, receiving provision, [Aal-i-Imraan: 169]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 169

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And never think of those who have been killed in the cause of Allāh as dead. Rather, they are alive with their Lord, receiving provision,

Transliteration

Ayah 169

Wala tahsabanna allatheena qutiloo fee sabeeli Allahi amwatan bal ahyaon AAinda rabbihim yurzaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 169

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَحْسَبَنَّ tahsabanna think ح س ب
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
4 قُتِلُواْ qutiloo are killed ق ت ل
5 فِى fee in
6 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 أَمْوَاتًا amwatan (as) dead م و ت
9 بَلْ bal Nay!
10 أَحْيَآءٌ ahyaon They are alive ح ي ي
11 عِندَ AAinda near ع ن د
12 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
13 يُرْزَقُونَ yurzaqoona they are given provision ر ز ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 170

فَرِحِينَ بِمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ وَيَسْتَبْشِرُونَ بِٱلَّذِينَ لَمْ يَلْحَقُوا۟ بِهِم مِّنْ خَلْفِهِمْ أَلَّا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ.(170)

Rejoicing in what Allāh has bestowed upon them of His bounty, and they receive good tidings about those [to be martyred] after them who have not yet joined them - that there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve. [Aal-i-Imraan: 170]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 170

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Rejoicing in what Allāh has bestowed upon them of His bounty, and they receive good tidings about those [to be martyred] after them who have not yet joined them - that there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.

Transliteration

Ayah 170

Fariheena bima atahumu Allahu min fadlihi wayastabshiroona biallatheena lam yalhaqoo bihim min khalfihim alla khawfun AAalayhim wala hum yahzanoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 170

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَرِحِينَ Fariheena Rejoicing ف ر ح
2 بِمَآ bima in what
3 اٰتَاهُمُ atahumu bestowed them أ ت ي
4 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
5 مِن min of
6 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
7 وَيَسْتَبْشِرُونَ wayastabshiroona and they receive good tidings ب ش ر
8 بِالَّذِينَ biallatheena about those who
9 لَمْ lam (have) not
10 يَلْحَقُواْ yalhaqoo yet joined ل ح ق
11 بِهِم bihim [with] them
12 مِّنْ min [from]
13 خَلْفِهِمْ khalfihim (but are) left behind خ ل ف
14 أَلَّا alla that (there will be) no
15 خَوْفٌ khawfun fear خ و ف
16 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them
17 وَلَا wala and not
18 هُمْ hum they
19 يَحْزَنُونَ yahzanoona will grieve ح ز ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 171

يَسْتَبْشِرُونَ بِنِعْمَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَفَضْلٍۢ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(171)

They receive good tidings of favor from Allāh and bounty and [of the fact] that Allāh does not allow the reward of believers to be lost - [Aal-i-Imraan: 171]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 171

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They receive good tidings of favor from Allāh and bounty and [of the fact] that Allāh does not allow the reward of believers to be lost -

Transliteration

Ayah 171

Yastabshiroona biniAAmatin mina Allahi wafadlin waanna Allaha la yudeeAAu ajra almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 171

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَسْتَبْشِرُونَ Yastabshiroona They receive good tidings ب ش ر
2 بِنِعْمَةٍ biniAAmatin of Favor ن ع م
3 مِّنَ mina from
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 وَفَضْلٍ wafadlin and Bounty ف ض ل
6 وَأَنَّ waanna and that
7 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
8 لَا la (does) not
9 يُضِيعُ yudeeAAu let go waste ض ي ع
10 أَجْرَ ajra (the) reward أ ج ر
11 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena (of) the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 172

ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَجَابُوا۟ لِلَّهِ وَٱلرَّسُولِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَآ أَصَابَهُمُ ٱلْقَرْحُ ۚ لِلَّذِينَ أَحْسَنُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ أَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌ.(172)

Those [believers] who responded to Allāh and the Messenger after injury had struck them. For those who did good among them and feared Allāh is a great reward - [Aal-i-Imraan: 172]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 172

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those [believers] who responded to Allāh and the Messenger after injury had struck them. For those who did good among them and feared Allāh is a great reward -

Transliteration

Ayah 172

Allatheena istajaboo lillahi waalrrasooli min baAAdi ma asabahumu alqarhu lillatheena ahsanoo minhum waittaqaw ajrun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 172

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 اسْتَجَابُواْ istajaboo responded ج و ب
3 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
4 وَالرَّسُولِ waalrrasooli and the Messenger ر س ل
5 مِن min from
6 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
7 مَآ ma what
8 أَصَابَهُمُ asabahumu befell them ص و ب
9 الْقَرْحُ alqarhu the injury ق ر ح
10 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
11 أَحْسَنُواْ ahsanoo did good ح س ن
12 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
13 وَاتَّقَواْ waittaqaw and feared Allah و ق ي
14 أَجْرٌ ajrun (is) a reward أ ج ر
15 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 173

ٱلَّذِينَ قَالَ لَهُمُ ٱلنَّاسُ إِنَّ ٱلنَّاسَ قَدْ جَمَعُوا۟ لَكُمْ فَٱخْشَوْهُمْ فَزَادَهُمْ إِيمَٰنًۭا وَقَالُوا۟ حَسْبُنَا ٱللَّهُ وَنِعْمَ ٱلْوَكِيلُ.(173)

Those to whom people [i.e., hypocrites] said, "Indeed, the people have gathered against you, so fear them." But it [merely] increased them in faith, and they said, "Sufficient for us is Allāh, and [He is] the best Disposer of affairs."1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 173]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 173

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those to whom people [i.e., hypocrites] said, "Indeed, the people have gathered against you, so fear them." But it [merely] increased them in faith, and they said, "Sufficient for us is Allāh, and [He is] the best Disposer of affairs."1

Transliteration

Ayah 173

Allatheena qala lahumu alnnasu inna alnnasa qad jamaAAoo lakum faikhshawhum fazadahum eemanan waqaloo hasbuna Allahu waniAAma alwakeelu

Word-by-word

Ayah 173

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 لَهُمُ lahumu to them
4 النَّاسُ alnnasu [the people] ن و س
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed
6 النَّاسَ alnnasa the people ن و س
7 قَدْ qad (have) certainly
8 جَمَعُواْ jamaAAoo gathered ج م ع
9 لَكُمْ lakum against you
10 فَاخْشَوْهُمْ faikhshawhum so fear them خ ش ي
11 فَزَادَهُمْ fazadahum But it increased them ز ي د
12 إِيمَاناً eemanan (in) faith أ م ن
13 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and they said ق و ل
14 حَسْبُنَا hasbuna Sufficient for us ح س ب
15 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
16 وَنِعْمَ waniAAma and (He is the) best ن ع م
17 الْوَكِيلُ alwakeelu [the] Disposer of affairs و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 174

فَٱنقَلَبُوا۟ بِنِعْمَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَفَضْلٍۢ لَّمْ يَمْسَسْهُمْ سُوٓءٌۭ وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ رِضْوَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ ذُو فَضْلٍ عَظِيمٍ.(174)

So they returned with favor from Allāh and bounty, no harm having touched them. And they pursued the pleasure of Allāh, and Allāh is the possessor of great bounty. [Aal-i-Imraan: 174]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 174

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So they returned with favor from Allāh and bounty, no harm having touched them. And they pursued the pleasure of Allāh, and Allāh is the possessor of great bounty.

Transliteration

Ayah 174

Fainqalaboo biniAAmatin mina Allahi wafadlin lam yamsashum sooon waittabaAAoo ridwana Allahi waAllahu thoo fadlin AAatheemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 174

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَانقَلَبُواْ Fainqalaboo So they returned ق ل ب
2 بِنِعْمَةٍ biniAAmatin with (the) Favor ن ع م
3 مِّنَ mina of
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 وَفَضْلٍ wafadlin and Bounty ف ض ل
6 لَّمْ lam not
7 يَمْسَسْهُمْ yamsashum touched them م س س
8 سُوٓءٌ sooon any harm س و أ
9 وَاتَّبَعُواْ waittabaAAoo And they followed ت ب ع
10 رِضْوَانَ ridwana (the) pleasure ر ض و
11 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
13 ذُو thoo (is) Possessor
14 فَضْلٍ fadlin (of) Bounty ف ض ل
15 عَظِيمٍ AAatheemin great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 175

إِنَّمَا ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ يُخَوِّفُ أَوْلِيَآءَهُۥ فَلَا تَخَافُوهُمْ وَخَافُونِ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(175)

That is only Satan who frightens [you] of his supporters. So fear them not, but fear Me, if you are [indeed] believers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 175]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 175

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is only Satan who frightens [you] of his supporters. So fear them not, but fear Me, if you are [indeed] believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 175

Innama thalikumu alshshaytanu yukhawwifu awliyaahu fala takhafoohum wakhafooni in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 175

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama (It is) only
2 ذَٰلِكُمُ thalikumu that
3 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
4 يُخَوِّفُ yukhawwifu frightens (you) خ و ف
5 أَوْلِيَآءَهُۥ awliyaahu (of) his allies و ل ي
6 فَلَا fala So (do) not
7 تَخَافُوهُمْ takhafoohum fear them خ و ف
8 وَخَافُونِ wakhafooni but fear Me خ و ف
9 إِن in if
10 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
11 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 176

وَلَا يَحْزُنكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْكُفْرِ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ لَن يَضُرُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًۭٔا ۗ يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَلَّا يَجْعَلَ لَهُمْ حَظًّا فِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ.(176)

And do not be grieved, [O Muḥammad], by those who hasten into disbelief. Indeed, they will never harm Allāh at all. Allāh intends that He should give them no share in the Hereafter, and for them is a great punishment. [Aal-i-Imraan: 176]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 176

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not be grieved, [O Muḥammad], by those who hasten into disbelief. Indeed, they will never harm Allāh at all. Allāh intends that He should give them no share in the Hereafter, and for them is a great punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 176

Wala yahzunka allatheena yusariAAoona fee alkufri innahum lan yadurroo Allaha shayan yureedu Allahu alla yajAAala lahum haththan fee alakhirati walahum AAathabun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 176

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (let) not
2 يَحْزُنكَ yahzunka grieve you ح ز ن
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يُسَارِعُونَ yusariAAoona hasten س ر ع
5 فِى fee in(to)
6 الْكُفْرِ alkufri [the] disbelief ك ف ر
7 إِنَّهُمْ innahum Indeed they
8 لَن lan never
9 يَضُرُّواْ yadurroo will harm ض ر ر
10 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
11 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
12 يُرِيدُ yureedu intends ر و د
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 أَلَّا alla that not
15 يَجْعَلَ yajAAala He will set ج ع ل
16 لَهُمْ lahum for them
17 حَظًّا haththan any portion ح ظ ظ
18 فِى fee in
19 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
20 وَلَهُمْ walahum And for them
21 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
22 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 177

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱشْتَرَوُا۟ ٱلْكُفْرَ بِٱلْإِيمَٰنِ لَن يَضُرُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًۭٔا وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(177)

Indeed, those who purchase disbelief [in exchange] for faith - never will they harm Allāh at all, and for them is a painful punishment. [Aal-i-Imraan: 177]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 177

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who purchase disbelief [in exchange] for faith - never will they harm Allāh at all, and for them is a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 177

Inna allatheena ishtarawoo alkufra bialeemani lan yadurroo Allaha shayan walahum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 177

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اشْتَرَوُاْ ishtarawoo (have) purchased ش ر ي
4 الْكُفْرَ alkufra [the] disbelief ك ف ر
5 بِالْإِيمَانِ bialeemani with the faith أ م ن
6 لَن lan never
7 يَضُرُّواْ yadurroo will they harm ض ر ر
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 شَيْئًا shayan (in) anything ش ي أ
10 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them
11 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
12 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 178

وَلَا يَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَنَّمَا نُمْلِى لَهُمْ خَيْرٌ لِّأَنفُسِهِمْ ۚ إِنَّمَا نُمْلِى لَهُمْ لِيَزْدَادُوٓا۟ إِثْمًا ۚ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ مُّهِينٌ(178)

And let not those who disbelieve ever think that [because] We extend their time [of enjoyment] it is better for them. We only extend it for them so that they may increase in sin, and for them is a humiliating punishment. [Aal-i-Imraan: 178]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 178

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And let not those who disbelieve ever think that [because] We extend their time [of enjoyment] it is better for them. We only extend it for them so that they may increase in sin, and for them is a humiliating punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 178

Wala yahsabanna allatheena kafaroo annama numlee lahum khayrun lianfusihim innama numlee lahum liyazdadoo ithman walahum AAathabun muheenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 178

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (let) not
2 يَحْسَبَنَّ yahsabanna think ح س ب
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 كَفَرُوٓا kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
5 أَنَّمَا annama that
6 نُمْلِى numlee We give respite م ل و
7 لَهُمْ lahum to them
8 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) good خ ي ر
9 لِّأَنفُسِهِمْ lianfusihim for themselves ن ف س
10 إِنَّمَا innama Only
11 نُمْلِى numlee We give respite م ل و
12 لَهُمْ lahum to them
13 لِيَزْدَادُواْ liyazdadoo so that they may increase ز ي د
14 إِثْمًا ithman (in) sins أ ث م
15 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them
16 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is) a punishment ع ذ ب
17 مُّهِينٌ muheenun humiliating ه و ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 179

مَّا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيَذَرَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَىٰ مَآ أَنتُمْ عَلَيْهِ حَتَّىٰ يَمِيزَ ٱلْخَبِيثَ مِنَ ٱلطَّيِّبِ ۗ وَمَا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيُطْلِعَكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْغَيْبِ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَجْتَبِى مِن رُّسُلِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ ۖ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ ۚ وَإِن تُؤْمِنُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَلَكُمْ أَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌۭ.(179)

Allāh would not leave the believers in that [state] you are in [presently] until He separates the evil from the good. Nor would Allāh reveal to you the unseen. But [instead], Allāh chooses of His messengers whom He wills, so believe in Allāh and His messengers. And if you believe and fear Him, then for you is a great reward. [Aal-i-Imraan: 179]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 179

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh would not leave the believers in that [state] you are in [presently] until He separates the evil from the good. Nor would Allāh reveal to you the unseen. But [instead], Allāh chooses of His messengers whom He wills, so believe in Allāh and His messengers. And if you believe and fear Him, then for you is a great reward.

Transliteration

Ayah 179

Ma kana Allahu liyathara almumineena AAala ma antum AAalayhi hatta yameeza alkhabeetha mina alttayyibi wama kana Allahu liyutliAAakum AAala alghaybi walakinna Allaha yajtabee min rusulihi man yashao faaminoo biAllahi warusulihi wain tuminoo watattaqoo falakum ajrun AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 179

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّا Ma Not
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 لِيَذَرَ liyathara to leave و ذ ر
5 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن
6 عَلَىٰ AAala on
7 مَآ ma what
8 أَنتُمْ antum you (are)
9 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi in [it]
10 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
11 يَمِيزَ yameeza He separates م ي ز
12 الْخَبِيثَ alkhabeetha the evil خ ب ث
13 مِنَ mina from
14 الطَّيِّبِ alttayyibi the good ط ي ب
15 وَمَا wama And not
16 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
17 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
18 لِيُطْلِعَكُمْ liyutliAAakum to inform you ط ل ع
19 عَلَى AAala about
20 الْغَيْبِ alghaybi the unseen غ ي ب
21 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna [and] but
22 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
23 يَجْتَبِى yajtabee chooses ج ب ي
24 مِن min from
25 رُّسُلِهِۦ rusulihi His Messengers ر س ل
26 مَن man whom
27 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
28 فَـَٔامِنُواْ faaminoo so believe أ م ن
29 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
30 وَرُسُلِهِۦ warusulihi and His Messengers ر س ل
31 وَإِن wain and if
32 تُؤْمِنُواْ tuminoo you believe أ م ن
33 وَتَتَّقُواْ watattaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
34 فَلَكُمْ falakum then for you
35 أَجْرٌ ajrun (is a) reward أ ج ر
36 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 180

وَلَا يَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَبْخَلُونَ بِمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ هُوَ خَيْرًۭا لَّهُم ۖ بَلْ هُوَ شَرٌّ لَّهُمْ ۖ سَيُطَوَّقُونَ مَا بَخِلُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۗ وَلِلَّهِ مِيرَٰثُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرٌۭ.(180)

And let not those who [greedily] withhold what Allāh has given them of His bounty ever think that it is better for them. Rather, it is worse for them. Their necks will be encircled by what they withheld on the Day of Resurrection. And to Allāh belongs the heritage of the heavens and the earth. And Allāh, of what you do, is [fully] Aware. [Aal-i-Imraan: 180]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 180

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And let not those who [greedily] withhold what Allāh has given them of His bounty ever think that it is better for them. Rather, it is worse for them. Their necks will be encircled by what they withheld on the Day of Resurrection. And to Allāh belongs the heritage of the heavens and the earth. And Allāh, of what you do, is [fully] Aware.

Transliteration

Ayah 180

Wala yahsabanna allatheena yabkhaloona bima atahummu Allahu min fadlihi huwa khayran lahum bal huwa sharrun lahum sayutawwaqoona ma bakhiloo bihi yawma alqiyamati walillahi meerathu alssamawati waalardi waAllahu bima taAAmaloona khabeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 180

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (let) not
2 يَحْسَبَنَّ yahsabanna think
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يَبْخَلُونَ yabkhaloona withhold ب خ ل
5 بِمَآ bima of what
6 اٰتَاهُمُ atahummu (has) given them أ ت ي
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 مِن min of
9 فَضْلِهِۦ fadlihi His Bounty ف ض ل
10 هُوَ huwa (that) it
11 خَيْرًا khayran (is) good خ ي ر
12 لَّهُمْ lahum for them
13 بَلْ bal Nay
14 هُوَ huwa it
15 شَرٌّ sharrun (is) bad ش ر ر
16 لَّهُمْ lahum for them
17 سَيُطَوَّقُونَ sayutawwaqoona Their necks will be encircled ط و ق
18 مَا ma (with) what
19 بَخِلُواْ bakhiloo they withheld ب خ ل
20 بِهِۦ bihi [with it]
21 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
22 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) [the] Resurrection ق و م
23 وَلِلّٰهِ walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
24 مِيرَاثُ meerathu (is the) heritage و ر ث
25 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
26 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
27 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
28 بِمَا bima with what
29 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you do ع م ل
30 خَبِيرٌ khabeerun (is) All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 181

لَّقَدْ سَمِعَ ٱللَّهُ قَوْلَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ فَقِيرٌۭ وَنَحْنُ أَغْنِيَآءُ ۘ سَنَكْتُبُ مَا قَالُوا۟ وَقَتْلَهُمُ ٱلْأَنۢبِيَآءَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّۢ وَنَقُولُ ذُوقُوا۟ عَذَابَ ٱلْحَرِيقِ.(181)

Allāh has certainly heard the statement of those [Jews] who said, "Indeed, Allāh is poor, while we are rich." We will record what they said and their killing of the prophets without right and will say, "Taste the punishment of the Burning Fire. [Aal-i-Imraan: 181]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 181

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Allāh has certainly heard the statement of those [Jews] who said, "Indeed, Allāh is poor, while we are rich." We will record what they said and their killing of the prophets without right and will say, "Taste the punishment of the Burning Fire.

Transliteration

Ayah 181

Laqad samiAAa Allahu qawla allatheena qaloo inna Allaha faqeerun wanahnu aghniyaon sanaktubu ma qaloo waqatlahumu alanbiyaa bighayri haqqin wanaqoolu thooqoo AAathaba alhareeqi

Word-by-word

Ayah 181

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّقَدْ Laqad Certainly
2 سَمِعَ samiAAa heard س م ع
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 قَوْلَ qawla (the) saying ق و ل
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
6 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo said ق و ل
7 إِنَّ inna Indeed
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 فَقِيرٌ faqeerun (is) poor ف ق ر
10 وَنَحْنُ wanahnu while we
11 أَغْنِيَآءُ aghniyaon (are) rich غ ن ي
12 سَنَكْتُبُ sanaktubu We will record ك ت ب
13 مَا ma what
14 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
15 وَقَتْلَهُمُ waqatlahumu and their killing ق ت ل
16 الْأَنۢبِيَآءَ alanbiyaa the Prophets ن ب أ
17 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
18 حَقٍّ haqqin (any) right ح ق ق
19 وَنَقُولُ wanaqoolu and We will say ق و ل
20 ذُوقُواْ thooqoo Taste ذ و ق
21 عَذَابَ AAathaba (the) punishment ع ذ ب
22 الْحَرِيقِ alhareeqi (of) the Burning Fire ح ر ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 182

ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَيْسَ بِظَلَّامٍۢ لِّلْعَبِيدِ.(182)

That is for what your hands have put forth and because Allāh is not ever unjust to [His] servants." [Aal-i-Imraan: 182]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 182

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is for what your hands have put forth and because Allāh is not ever unjust to [His] servants."

Transliteration

Ayah 182

Thalika bima qaddamat aydeekum waanna Allaha laysa bithallamin lilAAabeedi

Word-by-word

Ayah 182

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That
2 بِمَا bima (is) because
3 قَدَّمَتْ qaddamat (of what) sent forth ق د م
4 أَيْدِيكُمْ aydeekum your hands ي د ي
5 وَأَنَّ waanna and that
6 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
7 لَيْسَ laysa is not ل ي س
8 بِظَلَّامٍ bithallamin unjust ظ ل م
9 لِّلْعَبِيدِ lilAAabeedi to (His) slaves ع ب د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 183

ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَهِدَ إِلَيْنَآ أَلَّا نُؤْمِنَ لِرَسُولٍ حَتَّىٰ يَأْتِيَنَا بِقُرْبَانٍۢ تَأْكُلُهُ ٱلنَّارُ ۗ قُلْ قَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رُسُلٌۭ مِّن قَبْلِى بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَبِٱلَّذِى قُلْتُمْ فَلِمَ قَتَلْتُمُوهُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ.(183)

[They are] those who said, "Indeed, Allāh has taken our promise not to believe any messenger until he brings us an offering which fire [from heaven] will consume." Say, "There have already come to you messengers before me with clear proofs and [even] that of which you speak. So why did you kill them, if you should be truthful?" [Aal-i-Imraan: 183]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 183

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[They are] those who said, "Indeed, Allāh has taken our promise not to believe any messenger until he brings us an offering which fire [from heaven] will consume." Say, "There have already come to you messengers before me with clear proofs and [even] that of which you speak. So why did you kill them, if you should be truthful?"

Transliteration

Ayah 183

Allatheena qaloo inna Allaha AAahida ilayna alla numina lirasoolin hatta yatiyana biqurbanin takuluhu alnnaru qul qad jaakum rusulun min qablee bialbayyinati wabiallathee qultum falima qataltumoohum in kutum sadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 183

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo said ق و ل
3 إِنَّ inna Indeed
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 عَهِدَ AAahida (has) taken promise ع ه د
6 إِلَيْنَآ ilayna from us
7 أَلَّا alla that not
8 نُؤْمِنَ numina we (should) believe أ م ن
9 لِرَسُولٍ lirasoolin in a Messenger ر س ل
10 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
11 يَأْتِيَنَا yatiyana he brings to us أ ت ي
12 بِقُرْبَانٍ biqurbanin a sacrifice ق ر ب
13 تَأْكُلُهُ takuluhu consumes it أ ك ل
14 النَّارُ alnnaru the fire ن و ر
15 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
16 قَدْ qad Surely
17 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum came to you ج ي أ
18 رُسُلٌ rusulun Messengers ر س ل
19 مِّن min from
20 قَبْلِى qablee before me ق ب ل
21 بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ bialbayyinati with the clear Signs ب ي ن
22 وَبِالَّذِى wabiallathee and with what
23 قُلْتُمْ qultum you speak ق و ل
24 فَلِمَ falima So why?
25 قَتَلْتُمُوهُمْ qataltumoohum you killed them ق ت ل
26 إِن in if
27 كُنتُمْ kutum you are ك و ن
28 صَادِقِينَ sadiqeena truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 184

فَإِن كَذَّبُوكَ فَقَدْ كُذِّبَ رُسُلٌۭ مِّن قَبْلِكَ جَآءُو بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَٱلزُّبُرِ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلْمُنِيرِ.(184)

Then if they deny you, [O Muḥammad] - so were messengers denied before you, who brought clear proofs and written ordinances and the enlightening Scripture.1 [Aal-i-Imraan: 184]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 184

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then if they deny you, [O Muḥammad] - so were messengers denied before you, who brought clear proofs and written ordinances and the enlightening Scripture.1

Transliteration

Ayah 184

Fain kaththabooka faqad kuththiba rusulun min qablika jaoo bialbayyinati waalzzuburi waalkitabi almuneeri

Word-by-word

Ayah 184

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِن Fain Then if
2 كَذَّبُوكَ kaththabooka they reject you ك ذ ب
3 فَقَدْ faqad then certainly
4 كُذِّبَ kuththiba were rejected ك ذ ب
5 رُسُلٌ rusulun Messengers ر س ل
6 مِّن min from
7 قَبْلِكَ qablika before you ق ب ل
8 جَآءُو jaoo (who) came ج ي أ
9 بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ bialbayyinati with the clear Signs ب ي ن
10 وَالزُّبُرِ waalzzuburi and the Scriptures ز ب ر
11 وَالْكِتَابِ waalkitabi and the Book ك ت ب
12 الْمُنِيرِ almuneeri [the] Enlightening ن و ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 185

كُلُّ نَفْسٍۢ ذَآئِقَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ ۗ وَإِنَّمَا تُوَفَّوْنَ أُجُورَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۖ فَمَن زُحْزِحَ عَنِ ٱلنَّارِ وَأُدْخِلَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ فَقَدْ فَازَ ۗ وَمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَآ إِلَّا مَتَٰعُ ٱلْغُرُورِ.(185)

Every soul will taste death, and you will only be given your [full] compensation on the Day of Resurrection. So he who is drawn away from the Fire and admitted to Paradise has attained [his desire]. And what is the life of this world except the enjoyment of delusion. [Aal-i-Imraan: 185]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 185

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Every soul will taste death, and you will only be given your [full] compensation on the Day of Resurrection. So he who is drawn away from the Fire and admitted to Paradise has attained [his desire]. And what is the life of this world except the enjoyment of delusion.

Transliteration

Ayah 185

Kullu nafsin thaiqatu almawti wainnama tuwaffawna ojoorakum yawma alqiyamati faman zuhziha AAani alnnari waodkhila aljannata faqad faza wama alhayatu alddunya illa mataAAu alghuroori

Word-by-word

Ayah 185

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كُلُّ Kullu Every ك ل ل
2 نَفْسٍ nafsin soul ن ف س
3 ذَآئِقَةُ thaiqatu (will) taste ذ و ق
4 الْمَوْتِ almawti [the] death م و ت
5 وَإِنَّمَا wainnama and only
6 تُوَفَّوْنَ tuwaffawna you will be paid in full و ف ي
7 أُجُورَكُمْ ojoorakum your reward أ ج ر
8 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
9 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) [the] Resurrection ق و م
10 فَمَن faman Then whoever
11 زُحْزِحَ zuhziha is drawn away ز ح ز ح
12 عَنِ AAani from
13 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
14 وَأُدْخِلَ waodkhila and admitted د خ ل
15 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata (to) Paradise ج ن ن
16 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
17 فَازَ faza he is successful ف و ز
18 وَمَا wama And not
19 الْحَيَاةُ alhayatu (is) the life ح ي ى
20 الدُّنْيَآ alddunya (of) the world د ن و
21 إِلَّا illa except
22 مَتَاعُ mataAAu enjoyment م ت ع
23 الْغُرُورِ alghuroori (of) delusion غ ر ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 186

لَتُبْلَوُنَّ فِىٓ أَمْوَٰلِكُمْ وَأَنفُسِكُمْ وَلَتَسْمَعُنَّ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ أَذًۭى كَثِيرًۭا ۚ وَإِن تَصْبِرُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ عَزْمِ ٱلْأُمُورِ.(186)

You will surely be tested in your possessions and in yourselves. And you will surely hear from those who were given the Scripture before you and from those who associate others with Allāh much abuse. But if you are patient and fear Allāh - indeed, that is of the matters [worthy] of resolve. [Aal-i-Imraan: 186]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 186

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

You will surely be tested in your possessions and in yourselves. And you will surely hear from those who were given the Scripture before you and from those who associate others with Allāh much abuse. But if you are patient and fear Allāh - indeed, that is of the matters [worthy] of resolve.

Transliteration

Ayah 186

Latublawunna fee amwalikum waanfusikum walatasmaAAunna mina allatheena ootoo alkitaba min qablikum wamina allatheena ashrakoo athan katheeran wain tasbiroo watattaqoo fainna thalika min AAazmi alomoori

Word-by-word

Ayah 186

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَتُبْلَوُنَّ Latublawunna You will certainly be tested ب ل و
2 فِىٓ fee in
3 أَمْوَالِكُمْ amwalikum your wealth م و ل
4 وَأَنفُسِكُمْ waanfusikum and yourselves ن ف س
5 وَلَتَسْمَعُنَّ walatasmaAAunna And you will certainly hear س م ع
6 مِنَ mina from
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
8 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
9 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
10 مِن min from
11 قَبْلِكُمْ qablikum before you ق ب ل
12 وَمِنَ wamina and from
13 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
14 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo associate partners with Allah ش ر ك
15 أَذًى athan hurtful things أ ذ ي
16 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
17 وَإِن wain and if
18 تَصْبِرُواْ tasbiroo you are patient ص ب ر
19 وَتَتَّقُواْ watattaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
20 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
21 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
22 مِنْ min (is) of
23 عَزْمِ AAazmi the matters ع ز م
24 الْأُمُورِ alomoori (of) determination أ م ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 187

وَإِذْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِيثَٰقَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ لَتُبَيِّنُنَّهُۥ لِلنَّاسِ وَلَا تَكْتُمُونَهُۥ فَنَبَذُوهُ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِهِمْ وَٱشْتَرَوْا۟ بِهِۦ ثَمَنًۭا قَلِيلًۭا ۖ فَبِئْسَ مَا يَشْتَرُونَ.(187)

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Allāh took a covenant from those who were given the Scripture, [saying], "You must make it clear [i.e., explain it] to the people and not conceal it." But they threw it away behind their backs and exchanged it for a small price. And wretched is that which they purchased. [Aal-i-Imraan: 187]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 187

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Allāh took a covenant from those who were given the Scripture, [saying], "You must make it clear [i.e., explain it] to the people and not conceal it." But they threw it away behind their backs and exchanged it for a small price. And wretched is that which they purchased.

Transliteration

Ayah 187

Waith akhatha Allahu meethaqa allatheena ootoo alkitaba latubayyinunnahu lilnnasi wala taktumoonahu fanabathoohu waraa thuhoorihim waishtaraw bihi thamanan qaleelan fabisa ma yashtaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 187

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 أَخَذَ akhatha took أ خ ذ
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 مِيثَاقَ meethaqa a Covenant و ث ق
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena (from) those who
6 أُوتُواْ ootoo were given أ ت ي
7 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
8 لَتُبَيِّنُنَّهُ latubayyinunnahu You certainly make it clear ب ي ن
9 لِلنَّاسِ lilnnasi to the mankind ن و س
10 وَلَا wala and (do) not
11 تَكْتُمُونَهُۥ taktumoonahu conceal it ك ت م
12 فَنَبَذُوهُ fanabathoohu Then they threw it ن ب ذ
13 وَرَآءَ waraa behind و ر ي
14 ظُهُورِهِمْ thuhoorihim their backs ظ ه ر
15 وَاشْتَرَوْا waishtaraw and they exchanged ش ر ي
16 بِهِۦ bihi [with] it
17 ثَمَناً thamanan (for) price ث م ن
18 قَلِيلًا qaleelan a little ق ل ل
19 فَبِئْسَ fabisa And wretched ب أ س
20 مَا ma (is) what
21 يَشْتَرُونَ yashtaroona they purchase ش ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 188

لَا تَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَفْرَحُونَ بِمَآ أَتَوا۟ وَّيُحِبُّونَ أَن يُحْمَدُوا۟ بِمَا لَمْ يَفْعَلُوا۟ فَلَا تَحْسَبَنَّهُم بِمَفَازَةٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۖ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(188)

And never think that those who rejoice in what they have perpetrated and like to be praised for what they did not do - never think them [to be] in safety from the punishment, and for them is a painful punishment. [Aal-i-Imraan: 188]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 188

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And never think that those who rejoice in what they have perpetrated and like to be praised for what they did not do - never think them [to be] in safety from the punishment, and for them is a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 188

La tahsabanna allatheena yafrahoona bima ataw wayuhibboona an yuhmadoo bima lam yafAAaloo fala tahsabannahum bimafazatin mina alAAathabi walahum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 188

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La (Do) not
2 تَحْسَبَنَّ tahsabanna think ح س ب
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (that) those who
4 يَفْرَحُونَ yafrahoona rejoice ف ر ح
5 بِمَآ bima in what
6 أَتَواْ ataw (they have) brought أ ت ي
7 وَّيُحِبُّونَ wayuhibboona and they love ح ب ب
8 أَن an that
9 يُحْمَدُواْ yuhmadoo they be praised ح م د
10 بِمَا bima for what
11 لَمْ lam not
12 يَفْعَلُواْ yafAAaloo they do ف ع ل
13 فَلَا fala so (do) not
14 تَحْسَبَنَّهُمْ tahsabannahum think (that) they ح س ب
15 بِمَفَازَةٍ bimafazatin (will) escape ف و ز
16 مِّنَ mina from
17 الْعَذَابِ alAAathabi the punishment ع ذ ب
18 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them
19 عَذَابٌ AAathabun (is a) punishment ع ذ ب
20 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 189

وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌ.(189)

And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth, and Allāh is over all things competent. [Aal-i-Imraan: 189]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 189

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth, and Allāh is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 189

Walillahi mulku alssamawati waalardi waAllahu AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 189

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
2 مُلْكُ mulku (is the) dominion م ل ك
3 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
4 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
5 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
6 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on
7 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
8 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
9 قَدِيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 190

إِنَّ فِى خَلْقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱخْتِلَٰفِ ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ لَآيَٰتٍۢ لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ.(190)

Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth and the alternation of the night and the day are signs for those of understanding - [Aal-i-Imraan: 190]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 190

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, in the creation of the heavens and the earth and the alternation of the night and the day are signs for those of understanding -

Transliteration

Ayah 190

Inna fee khalqi alssamawati waalardi waikhtilafi allayli waalnnahari laayatin liolee alalbabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 190

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 فِى fee in
3 خَلْقِ khalqi (the) creation خ ل ق
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
5 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
6 وَاخْتِلَافِ waikhtilafi and (in the) alternation خ ل ف
7 الَّيْلِ allayli (of) the night ل ي ل
8 وَالنَّهَارِ waalnnahari and the day ن ه ر
9 لَآيَاتٍ laayatin (are) surely Signs أ ي ي
10 لِّأُوْلِى liolee for men أ و ل
11 الْألْبَابِ alalbabi (of) understanding ل ب ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 191

ٱلَّذِينَ يَذْكُرُونَ ٱللَّهَ قِيَٰمًۭا وَقُعُودًۭا وَعَلَىٰ جُنُوبِهِمْ وَيَتَفَكَّرُونَ فِى خَلْقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ رَبَّنَا مَا خَلَقْتَ هَٰذَا بَٰطِلًۭا سُبْحَٰنَكَ فَقِنَا عَذَابَ ٱلنَّارِ.(191)

Who remember Allāh while standing or sitting or [lying] on their sides and give thought to the creation of the heavens and the earth, [saying], "Our Lord, You did not create this aimlessly; exalted are You [above such a thing]; then protect us from the punishment of the Fire. [Aal-i-Imraan: 191]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 191

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who remember Allāh while standing or sitting or [lying] on their sides and give thought to the creation of the heavens and the earth, [saying], "Our Lord, You did not create this aimlessly; exalted are You [above such a thing]; then protect us from the punishment of the Fire.

Transliteration

Ayah 191

Allatheena yathkuroona Allaha qiyaman waquAAoodan waAAala junoobihim wayatafakkaroona fee khalqi alssamawati waalardi rabbana ma khalaqta hatha batilan subhanaka faqina AAathaba alnnari

Word-by-word

Ayah 191

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَذْكُرُونَ yathkuroona remember ذ ك ر
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 قِيَامًا qiyaman standing ق و م
5 وَقُعُودًا waquAAoodan and sitting ق ع د
6 وَعَلَىٰ waAAala and on
7 جُنُوبِهِمْ junoobihim their sides ج ن ب
8 وَيَتَفَكَّرُونَ wayatafakkaroona and they reflect ف ك ر
9 فِى fee on
10 خَلْقِ khalqi (the) creation خ ل ق
11 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
12 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
13 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
14 مَا ma not
15 خَلَقْتَ khalaqta You have created خ ل ق
16 هَٰذَا hatha this
17 بَاطِلًا batilan (in) vain ب ط ل
18 سُبْحَٰنَكَ subhanaka Glory be to You س ب ح
19 فَقِنَا faqina so save us و ق ي
20 عَذَابَ AAathaba (from the) punishment ع ذ ب
21 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 192

رَبَّنَآ إِنَّكَ مَن تُدْخِلِ ٱلنَّارَ فَقَدْ أَخْزَيْتَهُۥ ۖ وَمَا لِلظَّٰلِمِينَ مِنْ أَنصَارٍۢ.(192)

Our Lord, indeed whoever You admit to the Fire - You have disgraced him, and for the wrongdoers there are no helpers. [Aal-i-Imraan: 192]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 192

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Our Lord, indeed whoever You admit to the Fire - You have disgraced him, and for the wrongdoers there are no helpers.

Transliteration

Ayah 192

Rabbana innaka man tudkhili alnnara faqad akhzaytahu wama lilththalimeena min ansarin

Word-by-word

Ayah 192

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَبَّنَآ Rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
2 إِنَّكَ innaka indeed [You]
3 مَن man whom
4 تُدْخِلِ tudkhili You admit د خ ل
5 النَّارَ alnnara (to) the Fire ن و ر
6 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
7 أَخْزَيْتَهُۥ akhzaytahu You (have) disgraced him خ ز ي
8 وَمَا wama and not
9 لِلظَّالِمِينَ lilththalimeena for the wrongdoers ظ ل م
10 مِنْ min (are) any
11 أَنصَارٍ ansarin helpers ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 193

رَّبَّنَآ إِنَّنَا سَمِعْنَا مُنَادِيًۭا يُنَادِى لِلْإِيمَٰنِ أَنْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِرَبِّكُمْ فَـَٔامَنَّا ۚ رَبَّنَا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا ذُنُوبَنَا وَكَفِّرْ عَنَّا سَيِّـَٔاتِنَا وَتَوَفَّنَا مَعَ ٱلْأَبْرَارِ.(193)

Our Lord, indeed we have heard a caller [i.e., Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] calling to faith, [saying], 'Believe in your Lord,' and we have believed. Our Lord, so forgive us our sins and remove from us our misdeeds and cause us to die among the righteous. [Aal-i-Imraan: 193]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 193

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Our Lord, indeed we have heard a caller [i.e., Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)] calling to faith, [saying], 'Believe in your Lord,' and we have believed. Our Lord, so forgive us our sins and remove from us our misdeeds and cause us to die among the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 193

Rabbana innana samiAAna munadiyan yunadee lileemani an aminoo birabbikum faamanna rabbana faighfir lana thunoobana wakaffir AAanna sayyiatina watawaffana maAAa alabrari

Word-by-word

Ayah 193

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَّبَّنَآ Rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
2 إِنَّنَا innana indeed we
3 سَمِعْنَا samiAAna [we] heard س م ع
4 مُنَادِيًا munadiyan a caller ن د و
5 يُنَادِى yunadee calling ن د و
6 لِلإِيمَانِ lileemani to the faith أ م ن
7 أَنْ an that
8 اٰمِنُواْ aminoo Believe أ م ن
9 بِرَبِّكُمْ birabbikum in your Lord ر ب ب
10 فَـَٔامَنَّا faamanna so we have believed أ م ن
11 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
12 فَاغْفِرْ faighfir so forgive غ ف ر
13 لَنَا lana for us
14 ذُنُوبَنَا thunoobana our sins ذ ن ب
15 وَكَفِّرْ wakaffir and remove ك ف ر
16 عَنَّا AAanna from us
17 سَيِّئَاتِنَا sayyiatina our evil deeds س و أ
18 وَتَوَفَّنَا watawaffana and cause us to die و ف ي
19 مَعَ maAAa with
20 الْأبْرَارِ alabrari the righteous ب ر ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 194

رَبَّنَا وَءَاتِنَا مَا وَعَدتَّنَا عَلَىٰ رُسُلِكَ وَلَا تُخْزِنَا يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۗ إِنَّكَ لَا تُخْلِفُ ٱلْمِيعَادَ.(194)

Our Lord, and grant us what You promised us through Your messengers and do not disgrace us on the Day of Resurrection. Indeed, You do not fail in [Your] promise." [Aal-i-Imraan: 194]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 194

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Our Lord, and grant us what You promised us through Your messengers and do not disgrace us on the Day of Resurrection. Indeed, You do not fail in [Your] promise."

Transliteration

Ayah 194

Rabbana waatina ma waAAadtana AAala rusulika wala tukhzina yawma alqiyamati innaka la tukhlifu almeeAAada

Word-by-word

Ayah 194

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَبَّنَا Rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
2 وَآتِنَا waatina grant us أ ت ي
3 مَا ma what
4 وَعَدتَّنَا waAAadtana You promised us و ع د
5 عَلَىٰ AAala through
6 رُسُلِكَ rusulika Your Messengers ر س ل
7 وَلَا wala and (do) not
8 تُخْزِنَا tukhzina disgrace us خ ز ي
9 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
10 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) [the] Resurrection ق و م
11 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed You
12 لَا la (do) not
13 تُخْلِفُ tukhlifu break خ ل ف
14 الْمِيعَادَ almeeAAada the promise و ع د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 195

فَٱسْتَجَابَ لَهُمْ رَبُّهُمْ أَنِّى لَآ أُضِيعُ عَمَلَ عَٰمِلٍۢ مِّنكُم مِّن ذَكَرٍ أَوْ أُنثَىٰ ۖ بَعْضُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْضٍۢ ۖ فَٱلَّذِينَ هَاجَرُوا۟ وَأُخْرِجُوا۟ مِن دِيَٰرِهِمْ وَأُوذُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِى وَقَٰتَلُوا۟ وَقُتِلُوا۟ لَأُكَفِّرَنَّ عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ وَلَأُدْخِلَنَّهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ثَوَابًۭا مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عِندَهُۥ حُسْنُ ٱلثَّوَابِ.(195)

And their Lord responded to them, "Never will I allow to be lost the work of [any] worker among you, whether male or female; you are of one another. So those who emigrated or were evicted from their homes or were harmed in My cause or fought or were killed - I will surely remove from them their misdeeds, and I will surely admit them to gardens beneath which rivers flow as reward from Allāh, and Allāh has with Him the best reward." [Aal-i-Imraan: 195]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 195

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And their Lord responded to them, "Never will I allow to be lost the work of [any] worker among you, whether male or female; you are of one another. So those who emigrated or were evicted from their homes or were harmed in My cause or fought or were killed - I will surely remove from them their misdeeds, and I will surely admit them to gardens beneath which rivers flow as reward from Allāh, and Allāh has with Him the best reward."

Transliteration

Ayah 195

Faistajaba lahum rabbuhum annee la odeeAAu AAamala AAamilin minkum min thakarin aw ontha baAAdukum min baAAdin faallatheena hajaroo waokhrijoo min diyarihim waoothoo fee sabeelee waqataloo waqutiloo laokaffiranna AAanhum sayyiatihim walaodkhilannahum jannatin tajree min tahtiha alanharu thawaban min AAindi Allahi waAllahu AAindahu husnu alththawabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 195

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَاسْتَجَابَ Faistajaba Then responded ج و ب
2 لَهُمْ lahum to them
3 رَبُّهُمْ rabbuhum their Lord ر ب ب
4 أَنِّى annee Indeed I
5 لَآ la (will) not
6 أُضِيعُ odeeAAu (let go) waste ض ي ع
7 عَمَلَ AAamala deeds ع م ل
8 عَامِلٍ AAamilin (of the) doer ع م ل
9 مِّنكُم minkum among you
10 مِّن min [from]
11 ذَكَرٍ thakarin (whether) male ذ ك ر
12 أَوْ aw or
13 أُنثَىٰ ontha female أ ن ث
14 بَعْضُكُم baAAdukum each of you ب ع ض
15 مِّنْ min from
16 بَعْضٍ baAAdin (the) other ب ع ض
17 فَالَّذِينَ faallatheena So those who
18 هَاجَرُواْ hajaroo emigrated ه ج ر
19 وَأُخْرِجُواْ waokhrijoo and were driven out خ ر ج
20 مِن min from
21 دِيَارِهِمْ diyarihim their homes د و ر
22 وَأُوذُواْ waoothoo and were harmed أ ذ ي
23 فِى fee in
24 سَبِيلِى sabeelee My way س ب ل
25 وَقَاتَلُواْ waqataloo and fought ق ت ل
26 وَقُتِلُواْ waqutiloo and were killed ق ت ل
27 لَأُكَفِّرَنَّ laokaffiranna surely I (will) remove ك ف ر
28 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
29 سَيِّئَاتِهِمْ sayyiatihim their evil deeds س و أ
30 وَلَأُدْخِلَنَّهُمْ walaodkhilannahum and surely I will admit them د خ ل
31 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin (to) Gardens ج ن ن
32 تَجْرِى tajree flowing ج ر ي
33 مِن min from
34 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath them ت ح ت
35 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
36 ثَوَابًا thawaban a reward ث و ب
37 مِّنْ min from
38 عِندِ AAindi [near] ع ن د
39 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
40 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
41 عِندَهُۥ AAindahu with Him ع ن د
42 حُسْنُ husnu (is the) best ح س ن
43 الثَّوَابِ alththawabi reward ث و ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 196

لَا يَغُرَّنَّكَ تَقَلُّبُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْبِلَٰدِ.(196)

Be not deceived by the [uninhibited] movement of the disbelievers throughout the land. [Aal-i-Imraan: 196]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 196

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Be not deceived by the [uninhibited] movement of the disbelievers throughout the land.

Transliteration

Ayah 196

La yaghurrannaka taqallubu allatheena kafaroo fee albiladi

Word-by-word

Ayah 196

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La (Let) not
2 يَغُرَّنَّكَ yaghurrannaka deceive you غ ر ر
3 تَقَلُّبُ taqallubu (the) movement ق ل ب
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
5 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
6 فِى fee in
7 الْبِلَادِ albiladi the land ب ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 197

مَتَٰعٌۭ قَلِيلٌۭ ثُمَّ مَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ ۚ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمِهَادُ.(197)

[It is but] a small enjoyment; then their [final] refuge is Hell, and wretched is the resting place. [Aal-i-Imraan: 197]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 197

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[It is but] a small enjoyment; then their [final] refuge is Hell, and wretched is the resting place.

Transliteration

Ayah 197

MataAAun qaleelun thumma mawahum jahannamu wabisa almihadu

Word-by-word

Ayah 197

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَتَاعٌ MataAAun An enjoyment م ت ع
2 قَلِيلٌ qaleelun little ق ل ل
3 ثُمَّ thumma then
4 مَأْوَاهُمْ mawahum their abode أ و ي
5 جَهَنَّمُ jahannamu (is) hell
6 وَبِئْسَ wabisa [and] a wretched ب أ س
7 الْمِهَادُ almihadu [the] resting place م ه د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 198

لَٰكِنِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ رَبَّهُمْ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٌۭ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا نُزُلًۭا مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ۗ وَمَا عِندَ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌۭ لِّلْأَبْرَارِ.(198)

But those who feared their Lord will have gardens beneath which rivers flow, abiding eternally therein, as accommodation from Allāh. And that which is with Allāh is best for the righteous. [Aal-i-Imraan: 198]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 198

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who feared their Lord will have gardens beneath which rivers flow, abiding eternally therein, as accommodation from Allāh. And that which is with Allāh is best for the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 198

Lakini allatheena ittaqaw rabbahum lahum jannatun tajree min tahtiha alanharu khalideena feeha nuzulan min AAindi Allahi wama AAinda Allahi khayrun lilabrari

Word-by-word

Ayah 198

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَٰكِنِ Lakini But
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اتَّقَوْاْ ittaqaw fear و ق ي
4 رَبَّهُمْ rabbahum their Lord ر ب ب
5 لَهُمْ lahum for them
6 جَنَّاتٌ jannatun (will be) Gardens ج ن ن
7 تَجْرِى tajree flows ج ر ي
8 مِن min from
9 تَحْتِهَا tahtiha underneath them ت ح ت
10 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
11 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide forever خ ل د
12 فِيهَا feeha in it
13 نُزُلًا nuzulan a hospitality ن ز ل
14 مِّنْ min from
15 عِندِ AAindi [near] ع ن د
16 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
17 وَمَا wama And what
18 عِندَ AAinda (is) with ع ن د
19 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
20 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) best خ ي ر
21 لِّلْأَبْرَارِ lilabrari for the righteous ب ر ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 199

وَإِنَّ مِنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَمَن يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُمْ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِمْ خَٰشِعِينَ لِلَّهِ لَا يَشْتَرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ثَمَنًۭا قَلِيلًا ۗ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ أَجْرُهُمْ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ.(199)

And indeed, among the People of the Scripture are those who believe in Allāh and what was revealed to you and what was revealed to them, [being] humbly submissive to Allāh. They do not exchange the verses of Allāh for a small price. Those will have their reward with their Lord. Indeed, Allāh is swift in account. [Aal-i-Imraan: 199]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 199

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And indeed, among the People of the Scripture are those who believe in Allāh and what was revealed to you and what was revealed to them, [being] humbly submissive to Allāh. They do not exchange the verses of Allāh for a small price. Those will have their reward with their Lord. Indeed, Allāh is swift in account.

Transliteration

Ayah 199

Wainna min ahli alkitabi laman yuminu biAllahi wama onzila ilaykum wama onzila ilayhim khashiAAeena lillahi la yashtaroona biayati Allahi thamanan qaleelan olaika lahum ajruhum AAinda rabbihim inna Allaha sareeAAu alhisabi

Word-by-word

Ayah 199

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِنَّ Wainna And indeed
2 مِنْ min among
3 أَهْلِ ahli (the) People أ ه ل
4 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
5 لَمَن laman (are those) who
6 يُؤْمِنُ yuminu believe أ م ن
7 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
8 وَمَآ wama and what
9 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
10 إِلَيْكُمْ ilaykum to you
11 وَمَآ wama and what
12 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
13 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them
14 خَاشِعِينَ khashiAAeena humbly submissive خ ش ع
15 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
16 لَا la (do) Not
17 يَشْتَرُونَ yashtaroona they exchange ش ر ي
18 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati [with] (the) Verses أ ي ي
19 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
20 ثَمَنًا thamanan (for) a price ث م ن
21 قَلِيلًا qaleelan little ق ل ل
22 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
23 لَهُمْ lahum for them
24 أَجْرُهُمْ ajruhum their reward أ ج ر
25 عِندَ AAinda (is) with ع ن د
26 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
27 إِنَّ inna Indeed
28 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
29 سَرِيعُ sareeAAu (is) swift س ر ع
30 الْحِسَابِ alhisabi (in taking) the account ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 200

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱصْبِرُوا۟ وَصَابِرُوا۟ وَرَابِطُوا۟ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ.(200)

O you who have believed, persevere1 and endure2 and remain stationed3 and fear Allāh that you may be successful. [Aal-i-Imraan: 200]

Back to surah / Surah 003 · Aal-i-Imraan / Ayah 200

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O you who have believed, persevere1 and endure2 and remain stationed3 and fear Allāh that you may be successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 200

Ya ayyuha allatheena amanoo isbiroo wasabiroo warabitoo waittaqoo Allaha laAAallakum tuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 200

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَاأَيُّهَا Yaayyuha O you
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
3 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe[d]! أ م ن
4 اصْبِرُواْ isbiroo Be steadfast ص ب ر
5 وَصَابِرُواْ wasabiroo and [be] patient ص ب ر
6 وَرَابِطُواْ warabitoo and [be] constant ر ب ط
7 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo and fear و ق ي
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
10 تُفْلِحُونَ tuflihoona (be) successful ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Now Playing Ayah